1 # Translation of dpkg-man to Brazilian Portuguese
2 # Copyright © 2016 Dpkg Developers
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package.
5 # Andre Luis Lopes <andrelop@debian.org>, 2008.
9 "Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.17.0\n"
10 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n"
11 "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-07-17 01:10+0200\n"
12 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-04-08 04:44+0200\n"
13 "Last-Translator: Andre Luis Lopes <andrelop@debian.org>\n"
14 "Language-Team: Portuguese <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org>\n"
17 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
18 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
21 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
22 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
23 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
24 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
25 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
26 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
27 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
28 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
29 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
30 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
31 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
32 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
33 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
34 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
35 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod
36 #: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
42 msgid "deb-buildinfo - Debian build information file format"
46 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
47 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
48 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
49 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
50 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
51 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
52 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
53 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
54 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
55 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
56 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
57 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
58 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
59 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
60 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
61 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
68 msgid "I<filename>B<.buildinfo>"
69 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
72 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
73 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
74 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
75 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
76 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
77 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
78 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
79 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
80 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
81 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
82 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
83 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
84 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
85 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
86 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod
87 #: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
94 "Each Debian source package build can record the build information in a B<."
95 "buildinfo> control file, which contains a number of fields in L<deb822(5)> "
102 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
103 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
104 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
105 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
106 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
107 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Binary-Only-Changes>, "
108 "B<Installed-Build-Depends>, B<Environment>, B<Checksums-Md5>, B<Checksums-"
109 "Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
113 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
115 "The control data might be enclosed in an OpenPGP ASCII Armored signature, as "
116 "specified in RFC4880."
122 "The name of the B<.buildinfo> file will depend on the type of build and will "
123 "be as specific as necessary but not more; the name will be:"
129 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo>"
130 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
133 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
134 msgid "for a build that includes B<any>"
140 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.buildinfo>"
141 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
144 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
145 msgid "otherwise for a build that includes B<all>"
151 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.buildinfo>"
152 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
155 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
156 msgid "otherwise for a build that includes B<source>"
160 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod deb-origin.pod dsc.pod
166 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
168 msgid "B<Format:> I<format-version> (required)"
169 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
174 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
175 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
176 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
177 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
178 "version. The current format version is B<1.0>."
182 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
184 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>] (required)"
185 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
190 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
191 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
192 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the build is for a binary-"
193 "only non-maintainer upload."
197 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
199 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required in context)"
200 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
205 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages built. If "
206 "the build is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
212 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (required)"
213 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
218 "This space-separated field lists the architectures of the files currently "
219 "being built. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. "
220 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
221 "independent. If the source for the package is also being built, the special "
222 "entry B<source> is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be "
223 "present in the list."
227 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
229 msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string> (required)"
230 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
233 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
235 "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
236 "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number "
237 "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are "
238 "described in L<deb-version(7)>."
244 msgid "B<Binary-Only-Changes:>"
245 msgstr "B<--version>"
250 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entry>"
256 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of the changelog entry "
257 "for a binary-only non-maintainer upload (binNMU) if that is the case. To "
258 "make this a valid multiline field empty lines are replaced with a single "
259 "full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented by one space character. The "
260 "exact content depends on the changelog format."
266 msgid "B<Checksums-Md5:> (required, weak)"
267 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
270 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
272 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha1:> (required, weak)"
273 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
276 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
278 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha256:> (required, strong)"
279 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
282 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
283 msgid "S< >I<checksum> I<size> I<filename>"
289 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
290 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
291 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Checksums-Md5>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and "
292 "SHA-256 for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
296 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dsc.pod
298 "B<Note>: The MD5 and SHA-1 checksums are considered weak, and should never "
299 "be assumed to be sufficient for secure verification."
303 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
305 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
306 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
307 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
308 "space-separated entries describing the file: the checksum, the file size, "
314 msgid "These fields list all files that make up the build."
320 msgid "B<Build-Origin:> I<name>"
321 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
324 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
325 msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from."
331 msgid "B<Build-Architecture:> I<arch> (required)"
332 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
337 "The Debian architecture for the installation the packages is being built "
338 "in. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc."
344 msgid "B<Build-Date:> I<build-date>"
345 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
350 "The date the package was built. It must be in the same format as the date "
351 "in a L<deb-changelog(5)> entry."
357 msgid "B<Build-Kernel-Version:> I<build-kernel-version>"
358 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
363 "The release and version (in an unspecified format) of the kernel running on "
364 "the build system. This field is only going to be present if the builder has "
365 "explicitly requested it, to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
370 msgid "B<Build-Path:> I<build-path>"
376 "The absolute build path, which correspond to the unpacked source tree. This "
377 "field is only going to be present if the vendor has allowed it via some "
378 "pattern match to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
384 "On Debian and derivatives only build paths starting with I</build/> will "
391 msgid "B<Build-Tainted-By:>"
392 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
396 msgid "S< >I<taint-reason-list>"
402 "This folded field contains a space-separated list of non-exhaustive reason "
403 "tags (formed by alphanumeric and dash characters) which identify why the "
404 "current build has been tainted (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
409 msgid "On Debian and derivatives the following reason tags can be emitted:"
414 msgid "B<merged-usr-via-aliased-dirs>"
420 "The system has a merged I</usr> via aliased directories (previously known as "
421 "B<merged-usr-via-symlinks>). This will confuse B<dpkg-query>, B<dpkg-"
422 "statoverride>, B<dpkg-trigger>, B<update-alternatives> and any other tool "
423 "using pathnames as keys into their databases, as it creates filesystem "
424 "aliasing problems, and messes with the understanding of the filesystem that "
425 "B<dpkg> has recorded in its database. For build systems that hardcode "
426 "pathnames to specific binaries or libraries on the resulting artifacts, it "
427 "can also produce packages that will be incompatible with non-/usr-merged "
434 msgid "B<usr-local-has-configs>"
439 msgid "The system has configuration files under I</usr/local/etc>."
445 msgid "B<usr-local-has-includes>"
446 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
450 msgid "The system has header files under I</usr/local/include>."
455 msgid "B<usr-local-has-programs>"
460 msgid "The system has programs under I</usr/local/bin> or I</usr/local/sbin>."
466 msgid "B<usr-local-has-libraries>"
472 "The system has libraries, either static or shared under I</usr/local/lib>."
477 msgid "B<can-execute-cross-built-programs>"
483 "The system can execute cross built programs, either directly or via some "
490 msgid "Since dpkg 1.21.10."
491 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
496 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
497 msgid "B<Installed-Build-Depends:> (required)"
498 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
503 msgid "S< >I<package-list>"
509 "The list of installed and configured packages that might affect the package "
516 "The list consists of each package name, optionally arch-qualified for "
517 "foreign architectures, with an exact version restriction, separated by "
524 "The list includes all essential packages, packages listed in B<Build-"
525 "Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> source control "
526 "fields, any vendor specific builtin dependencies, and all their recursive "
527 "dependencies. On Debian and derivatives the dependency builtin is B<build-"
534 "For dependencies coming from the source control fields, all dependency "
535 "alternatives and all providers of virtual packages depended on will be "
541 msgid "B<Environment:>"
547 msgid "S< >I<variable-list>"
553 "The list of environment variables that are known to affect the package build "
554 "process, with each environment variable followed by an equal sign (‘=’) and "
555 "the variable's quoted value, using double quotes (‘\"’), and backslashes "
560 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
561 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
562 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
563 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
564 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
565 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
566 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
567 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
568 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
569 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-name.pod
570 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
571 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
572 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
573 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod
574 #: update-alternatives.pod
582 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-genbuildinfo(1)>."
584 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
589 msgid "deb-changelog - dpkg source packages' changelog file format"
593 #: deb-changelog.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
594 msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
600 "Changes in the packaged version of a project are explained in the changelog "
601 "file I<debian/changelog>. This includes modifications made in the source "
602 "package compared to the upstream one as well as other changes and updates to "
609 "The format of the I<debian/changelog> allows the package building tools to "
610 "discover which version of the package is being built and find out other "
611 "release-specific information."
616 msgid "That format is a series of entries like this:"
624 " I<package> (I<version>) I<distributions>; I<metadata>\n"
625 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
626 " * I<change-details>\n"
627 " I<more-change-details>\n"
628 " [blank line(s), included in L<dpkg-parsechangelog(1)> output]\n"
629 " * I<even-more-change-details>\n"
630 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
631 " -- I<maintainer-name> <I<email-address>> I<date>\n"
638 "I<package> and I<version> are the source package name and version number. "
639 "I<version> is delimited by parenthesis U+00028 ‘B<(>’ and U+0029 ‘B<)>’."
645 "I<distributions> lists one or more space-separated distributions where this "
646 "version should be installed when it is uploaded; it is copied to the "
647 "B<Distribution> field in the I<.changes> file. I<distributions> must be "
648 "terminated by a semicolon (U+003B ‘B<;>’)."
654 "I<metadata> lists zero or more comma-separated I<keyword>=I<value> items. "
655 "Each keyword can contain only minus and case insensitive alphanumeric "
656 "characters, as they need to be mapped to L<deb822(5)> field names. The only "
657 "I<keyword>s currently supported by B<dpkg> are:"
670 "Its value is used for the B<Urgency> field in the I<.changes> file for the "
677 msgid "B<binary-only>"
678 msgstr "B<--version>"
683 "With a B<yes> value, it is used to denote that this changelog entry is for a "
684 "binary-only non-maintainer upload (an automatic binary rebuild with the only "
685 "change being the changelog entry)."
691 "The change details may in fact be any series of lines starting with at least "
692 "two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>), but conventionally each change starts with an "
693 "asterisk and a separating space and continuation lines are indented so as to "
694 "bring them in line with the start of the text above. Blank lines may be "
695 "used here to separate groups of changes, if desired."
701 "If this upload resolves bugs recorded in the distribution bug tracking "
702 "system, they may be automatically closed on the inclusion of this package "
703 "into the distribution archive by including the string:"
709 msgid "B<Closes: #>I<nnnnn>"
710 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
715 "in the change details, where B<#>I<nnnnn> is the bug number. The exact Perl "
716 "regular expression is:"
721 msgid "B</closes:\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+(?:,\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+)*/i>"
727 "That is, the string should consist of the word B<closes:> followed by a "
728 "comma-separated list of bug numbers. Bug numbers may be preceded by the "
729 "word B<bug> and/or a B<#> sign, as in C<Closes: 42, bug#43, #44, bug 45>. "
730 "The words B<closes:> and B<bug> are not case sensitive. The list of bug "
731 "numbers may span multiple lines."
737 "This information is conveyed via the B<Closes> field in the I<.changes> "
738 "file. Where, depending on the archive maintenance software, all the bug "
739 "numbers listed might get automatically closed."
745 "The maintainer name and email address used in the changelog should be the "
746 "details of the person who prepared this release of the package. They are "
747 "B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or usual package maintainer. The "
748 "information here will be copied to the B<Changed-By> field in the I<."
749 "changes> file, and then later might be used to send an acknowledgment when "
750 "the upload has been installed in the distribution archive."
756 "The I<date> has the following format (compatible and with the same semantics "
757 "of RFC2822 and RFC5322, or what «date -R» generates):"
763 "I<day-of-week>B<,> I<dd> I<month> I<yyyy> I<hh>B<:>I<mm>B<:>I<ss> B<+>I<zzzz>"
773 msgid "I<day-of-week>"
778 msgid "Is one of: B<Mon>, B<Tue>, B<Wed>, B<Thu>, B<Fri>, B<Sat>, B<Sun>."
789 "Is a one- or two-digit day of the month (B<01>-B<31>), where the leading "
790 "zero is optional, but conventionally does not get omitted."
801 "Is one of: B<Jan>, B<Feb>, B<Mar>, B<Apr>, B<May>, B<Jun>, B<Jul>, B<Aug>, "
802 "B<Sep>, B<Oct>, B<Nov>, B<Dec>."
812 msgid "Is the four-digit year (e.g. 2010)."
822 msgid "Is the two-digit hour (B<00>-B<23>)."
832 msgid "Is the two-digit minutes (B<00>-B<59>)."
842 msgid "Is the two-digit seconds (B<00>-B<60>)."
847 msgid "[B<+->]I<zzzz>"
853 "Is the time zone offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ‘B<+>’ "
854 "indicates that the time is ahead of (i.e., east of) UTC and ‘B<->’ indicates "
855 "that the time is behind (i.e., west of) UTC. The first two digits indicate "
856 "the hour difference from UTC and the last two digits indicate the number of "
857 "additional minutes difference from UTC. The last two digits must be in the "
864 "The first “title” line with the package name must start at the left hand "
865 "margin. The “trailer” line with the maintainer and date details must be "
866 "preceded by exactly one space (U+0020 B<SPACE>). The maintainer details and "
867 "the date must be separated by exactly two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>). Each "
868 "part of the I<date> can be separated by one or more spaces (U+0020 "
869 "B<SPACE>), except after the comma where it can be separated by zero or more "
870 "spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>)."
876 "Any line that consists entirely (i.e., no leading whitespace) of B<#> or B</"
877 "* */> style comments or RCS keywords."
883 "Vim modelines or Emacs local variables, and ancient changelog entries with "
884 "other formats at the end of the file should be accepted and preserved on "
885 "output, but their contents might be otherwise ignored and parsing stopped at "
891 msgid "The entire changelog must be encoded in UTF-8."
895 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-substvars.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
896 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
897 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
898 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
899 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
900 #: dselect.cfg.pod update-alternatives.pod
907 msgid "I<debian/changelog>"
911 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-symbols.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
912 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-name.pod
913 #: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod
921 " dpkg (1.17.18) unstable; urgency=low\n"
929 " [ Guillem Jover ]\n"
930 " * Handle empty minimum versions when initializing dependency versions,\n"
931 " as the code is mapping the minimum version 0 to '' to avoid outputting\n"
932 " useless versions. Regression introduced in dpkg 1.17.17. Closes: #764929\n"
940 " [ Updated programs translations ]\n"
941 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
949 " [ Updated dselect translations ]\n"
950 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
951 " * German (Sven Joachim).\n"
959 " -- Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org> Sun, 12 Oct 2014 15:47:44 +0200\n"
967 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-"
968 "parsechangelog(1)>."
970 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
975 msgid "deb-changes - Debian upload changes control file format"
980 msgid "I<filename>B<.changes>"
986 "Each Debian upload is composed of a .changes control file, which contains a "
987 "number of fields in L<deb822(5)> format."
993 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
994 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
995 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
996 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
997 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
998 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Description>, B<Changes>, "
999 "B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
1005 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
1006 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
1007 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
1008 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
1009 "version. The current format version is B<1.8>."
1015 msgid "B<Date:> I<release-date> (required)"
1016 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1021 "The date the package was built or last edited. It must be in the same "
1022 "format as the date in a L<deb-changelog(5)> entry."
1028 "The value of this field is usually extracted from the I<debian/changelog> "
1035 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
1036 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
1037 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the upload is a binary-only "
1038 "non-maintainer upload."
1044 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages to upload. "
1045 "If the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1051 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list>"
1052 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1057 "Lists the architectures of the files currently being uploaded. Common "
1058 "architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. Note that the B<all> "
1059 "value is meant for packages that are architecture independent. If the "
1060 "source for the package is also being uploaded, the special entry B<source> "
1061 "is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be present in the list."
1067 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<distribution>s (required)"
1068 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1073 "Lists one or more space-separated distributions where this version should be "
1074 "installed when it is uploaded to the archive."
1080 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency> (recommended)"
1081 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1086 "The urgency of the upload. The currently known values, in increasing order "
1087 "of urgency, are: B<low>, B<medium>, B<high>, B<critical> and B<emergency>."
1093 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)"
1094 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1099 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1100 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1101 "the software that was packaged."
1107 msgid "B<Changed-By:> I<fullname-email>"
1108 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1113 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1114 "typically the person who prepared the package changes for this release."
1120 msgid "B<Description:> (recommended)"
1121 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1126 msgid "S< >I<binary-package-name> B<-> I<binary-package-summary>"
1127 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
1132 "This multiline field contains a list of binary package names followed by a "
1133 "space, a dash (‘B<->’) and their possibly truncated short descriptions. If "
1134 "the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1140 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number-list>"
1141 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1146 "A space-separated list of bug report numbers for bug reports that have been "
1147 "resolved with this upload. The distribution archive software might use this "
1148 "field to automatically close the referred bug numbers in the distribution "
1149 "bug tracking system."
1155 msgid "B<Binary-Only: yes>"
1156 msgstr "B<--version>"
1161 "This field denotes that the upload is a binary-only non-maintainer build. "
1162 "It originates from the B<binary-only=yes> key/value from the changelog "
1169 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list>"
1170 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1175 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of build profiles that this "
1176 "upload was built with."
1182 msgid "B<Changes:> (required)"
1183 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1188 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entries>"
1194 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of all changelog entries "
1195 "that are part of the upload. To make this a valid multiline field empty "
1196 "lines are replaced with a single full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented "
1197 "by one space character. The exact content depends on the changelog format."
1203 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
1204 msgid "B<Files:> (required)"
1205 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
1209 msgid "S< >I<md5sum> I<size> I<section> I<priority> I<filename>"
1215 "This multiline field contains a list of files with an md5sum, size, section "
1216 "and priority for each one."
1222 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
1223 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
1224 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
1225 "space-separated entries describing the file: the md5sum, the file size, the "
1226 "file section, the file priority, and the file name."
1232 "This field lists all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1233 "this field must match the list of files in the other related B<Checksums> "
1240 "B<Note>: The MD5 checksum is considered weak, and should never be assumed to "
1241 "be sufficient for secure verification, but this field cannot be omitted as "
1242 "it provides metadata not available anywhere else."
1248 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
1249 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
1250 "algorithm used: SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 for B<Checksums-"
1257 "These fields list all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1258 "these fields must match the list of files in the B<Files> field and the "
1259 "other related B<Checksums> fields."
1265 "B<Note>: The SHA-1 checksum is considered weak, and should never be assumed "
1266 "to be sufficient for secure verification."
1270 #: deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod
1271 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
1272 #: dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
1280 "The B<Files> field is inconsistent with the other B<Checksums> fields. The "
1281 "B<Changed-By> and B<Maintainer> fields have confusing names. The "
1282 "B<Distribution> field contains information about what is commonly referred "
1289 msgid "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>."
1291 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
1295 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1296 msgid "deb-conffiles - package conffiles"
1300 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1302 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
1303 msgid "B<DEBIAN/conffiles>"
1304 msgstr "B<config-files>"
1307 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1309 "A package declares its list of conffiles by including a I<conffiles> file in "
1310 "its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/conffiles> during package creation)."
1314 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1316 "This file contains a list of files, one per line, with an optional leading "
1317 "flag separated by whitespace. The conffiles must be listed as absolute "
1318 "pathnames. Trailing whitespace will be trimmed, but empty or whitespace-"
1319 "only lines are not accepted."
1323 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1325 "Files without a flag should exist in the binary package, otherwise "
1326 "L<dpkg(1)> will ignore them."
1330 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1332 "There is currently only one flag supported, B<remove-on-upgrade>, to mark "
1333 "that a conffile needs to be removed on the next upgrade (since dpkg "
1334 "1.20.6). These files must not exist in the binary package, as both "
1335 "L<dpkg(1)> and L<dpkg-deb(1)> will not accept building nor processing such "
1340 #: deb-conffiles.pod deb-control.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-origin.pod
1341 #: deb-src-control.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
1347 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1350 " %CONFDIR%/alternatives/README\n"
1351 " %CONFDIR%/cron.daily/dpkg\n"
1352 " %PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg\n"
1353 " %CONFDIR%/logrotate.d/dpkg\n"
1354 " remove-on-upgrade /etc/some-old-file.conf\n"
1359 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1361 msgid "L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
1363 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
1368 msgid "deb-control - Debian binary package control file format"
1374 #| msgid "I<control>"
1375 msgid "B<DEBIAN/control>"
1381 "Each Debian binary package contains a B<control> file in its B<control> "
1382 "member, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a subset of the B<debian/control> "
1383 "template source control file in Debian source packages, see L<deb-src-"
1390 "This file contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such "
1391 "as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the "
1392 "body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise). Fields are "
1393 "delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple "
1394 "lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines when "
1395 "processing the body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> "
1396 "field, see below)."
1402 msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name> (required)"
1403 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1406 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1408 "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
1409 "file names by most installation tools."
1413 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1415 msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>|I<type>"
1416 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1419 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1421 "This field defines the type of the package. B<udeb> is for size-constrained "
1422 "packages used by the debian installer. B<deb> is the default value, it is "
1423 "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future."
1427 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1429 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (recommended)"
1430 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1433 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1435 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>”, and is "
1436 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1437 "the software that was packaged."
1441 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1443 msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (recommended)"
1444 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1447 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1449 msgid "S< >I<long-description>"
1450 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1455 "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
1456 "line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should be used "
1457 "as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description "
1458 "must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must "
1459 "contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
1463 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1464 msgid "B<Section:> I<section>"
1468 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1470 "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1471 "software that it installs. Some common sections are B<utils>, B<net>, "
1472 "B<mail>, B<text>, B<x11>, etc."
1476 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1478 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority>"
1479 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1482 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1484 "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
1485 "Common priorities are B<required>, B<standard>, B<optional>, B<extra>, etc."
1489 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1491 "The B<Section> and B<Priority> fields usually have a defined set of accepted "
1492 "values based on the specific distribution policy."
1498 msgid "B<Installed-Size:> I<size>"
1499 msgstr "B<installed>"
1504 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files, in KiB units. "
1505 "The algorithm to compute the size is described in L<deb-substvars(5)>."
1509 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1511 msgid "B<Protected:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1512 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1517 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1518 "package that is required mostly for proper booting of the system or used for "
1519 "custom system-local meta-packages. L<dpkg(1)> or any other installation "
1520 "tool will not allow a B<Protected> package to be removed (at least not "
1521 "without using one of the force options)."
1525 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1527 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.20.1."
1528 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
1531 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1532 msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1538 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1539 "package that is required for the packaging system, for proper operation of "
1540 "the system in general or during boot (although the latter should be "
1541 "converted to B<Protected> field instead). L<dpkg(1)> or any other "
1542 "installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed (at "
1543 "least not without using one of the force options)."
1547 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1549 msgid "B<Build-Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1550 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1555 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>, and is commonly "
1556 "injected by the archive software. It denotes a package that is required "
1557 "when building other packages."
1563 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (required)"
1564 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1569 "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
1570 "for. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, B<powerpc>, "
1571 "etc. Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
1572 "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and "
1577 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1579 msgid "B<Origin:> I<name>"
1580 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1583 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1584 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<url>"
1590 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
1591 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>."
1595 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1596 msgid "B<Homepage:> I<url>"
1600 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1601 msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>."
1605 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1606 msgid "B<Tag:> I<tag-list>"
1612 "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and "
1613 "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package."
1618 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<no>|B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>"
1624 "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-"
1625 "arch installations."
1629 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1636 "This value is the default when the field is omitted, in which case adding "
1637 "the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed."
1644 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1649 "This package is co-installable with itself, but it must not be used to "
1650 "satisfy the dependency of any package of a different architecture from "
1658 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
1663 "This package is not co-installable with itself, but should be allowed to "
1664 "satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency of a package of a different arch "
1665 "from itself (if a dependency has an explicit arch-qualifier then the value "
1666 "B<foreign> is ignored)."
1678 "This allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> field that "
1679 "they accept this package from a foreign architecture by qualifying the "
1680 "package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise."
1686 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>]"
1687 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1692 "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if it is "
1693 "different than the name of the package itself. If the source version "
1694 "differs from the binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by "
1695 "a I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen for example on a binary-"
1696 "only non-maintainer upload, or when setting a different binary version via "
1697 "«B<dpkg-gencontrol -v>»."
1701 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1703 msgid "B<Subarchitecture:> I<value>"
1704 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1707 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1709 msgid "B<Kernel-Version:> I<value>"
1710 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1713 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1715 msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:> I<value>"
1716 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1721 "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. "
1722 "For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/installer-team/"
1723 "debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
1727 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1729 msgid "B<Depends:> I<package-list>"
1730 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1735 "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
1736 "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
1737 "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
1738 "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an "
1739 "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in B<Depends> fields "
1740 "are run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, "
1741 "in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the "
1742 "packages listed in its B<Depends> field."
1746 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1748 msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> I<package-list>"
1749 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1754 "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
1755 "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
1756 "requires another package for running its preinst script."
1760 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1762 msgid "B<Recommends:> I<package-list>"
1763 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1768 "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
1769 "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
1770 "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
1774 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1776 msgid "B<Suggests:> I<package-list>"
1777 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
1782 "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
1783 "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
1790 "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
1791 "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
1792 "packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups "
1793 "are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, "
1794 "with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed "
1795 "by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, optionally "
1796 "followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
1802 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
1803 "dpkg 1.16.5) or B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If omitted, the default is the "
1804 "current binary package architecture. A real Debian architecture name will "
1805 "match exactly that architecture for that package name, B<any> will match any "
1806 "architecture for that package name if the package has been marked as B<Multi-"
1811 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1813 "A version number may start with a ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’, in which case any later "
1814 "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
1815 "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’ "
1816 "for greater than, ‘B<E<lt>E<lt>>’ for less than, ‘B<E<gt>=>’ for greater "
1817 "than or equal to, ‘B<E<lt>=>’ for less than or equal to, and ‘B<=>’ for "
1822 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1824 msgid "B<Breaks:> I<package-list>"
1825 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
1830 "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the "
1831 "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not "
1832 "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to "
1833 "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field."
1837 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1839 msgid "B<Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
1840 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1845 "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
1846 "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
1847 "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting "
1848 "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
1852 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1854 msgid "B<Replaces:> I<package-list>"
1855 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
1860 "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
1861 "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
1862 "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other "
1863 "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
1869 "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> is a list of package "
1870 "names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Breaks> and "
1871 "B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as “OR”. An optional "
1872 "architecture qualifier can also be appended to the package name with the "
1873 "same syntax as above, but the default is B<any> instead of the binary "
1874 "package architecture. An optional version can also be given with the same "
1875 "syntax as above for the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields."
1879 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1881 msgid "B<Enhances:> I<package-list>"
1882 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1887 "This is a list of packages that this one enhances. It is similar to "
1888 "B<Suggests> but in the opposite direction."
1892 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1894 msgid "B<Provides:> I<package-list>"
1895 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1900 "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
1901 "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
1902 "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a "
1903 "common package (“mail-transport-agent”) on which other packages can depend. "
1904 "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the "
1905 "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from "
1906 "having to know the package names for all of them, and using ‘B<|>’ to "
1907 "separate the list."
1913 "The syntax of B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas "
1914 "(and optional whitespace). An optional architecture qualifier can also be "
1915 "appended to the package name with the same syntax as above. If omitted, the "
1916 "default is the current binary package architecture. An optional exact "
1917 "(equal to) version can also be given with the same syntax as above (honored "
1918 "since dpkg 1.17.11)."
1922 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1924 msgid "B<Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
1925 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1930 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
1931 "build of this binary package, for license compliance purposes. This is an "
1932 "indication to the archive maintenance software that these extra source "
1933 "packages must be kept whilst this binary package is maintained. This field "
1934 "must be a comma-separated list of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ "
1935 "version relationships enclosed within parenthesis. Note that the archive "
1936 "maintenance software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares "
1937 "a B<Built-Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive."
1941 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1943 msgid "B<Static-Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
1944 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1949 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
1950 "build of this binary package, for static building purposes (for example "
1951 "linking against static libraries, builds for source-centered languages such "
1952 "as Go or Rust, usage of header-only C/C++ libraries, injecting data blobs "
1953 "into code, etc.). This is useful to track whether this package might need "
1954 "to be rebuilt when source packages listed here have been updated, for "
1955 "example due to security updates. This field must be a comma-separated list "
1956 "of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ version relationships enclosed "
1957 "within parenthesis."
1963 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.21.3."
1964 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
1969 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list> (obsolete)"
1970 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1975 "This field used to specify a whitespace separated list of build profiles "
1976 "that this binary packages was built with (since dpkg 1.17.2 until 1.18.18). "
1977 "The information previously found in this field can now be found in the B<."
1978 "buildinfo> file, which supersedes it."
1984 msgid "B<Auto-Built-Package:> I<reason-list>"
1985 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
1990 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of reasons why this package "
1991 "was auto-generated. Binary packages marked with this field will not appear "
1992 "in the I<debian/control> template source control file. The only currently "
1993 "used reason is B<debug-symbols>."
1999 msgid "B<Build-Ids:> I<elf-build-id-list>"
2000 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
2005 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of ELF build-ids. These "
2006 "are unique identifiers for semantically identical ELF objects, for each of "
2007 "these within the package."
2013 "The format or the way to compute each build-id is not defined by design."
2022 " Priority: required\n"
2024 " Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>\n"
2025 " Architecture: sparc\n"
2027 " Pre-Depends: libc6 (>= 2.0.105)\n"
2028 " Provides: rgrep\n"
2029 " Conflicts: rgrep\n"
2030 " Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
2031 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
2032 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
2033 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
2034 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
2035 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
2036 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
2037 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
2038 " will run more slowly, however).\n"
2045 "The B<Build-Ids> field uses a rather generic name out of its original "
2046 "context within an ELF object, which serves a very specific purpose and "
2047 "executable format."
2054 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, "
2055 "L<debtags(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>."
2057 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
2061 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2062 msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file"
2066 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2069 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
2072 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2074 "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the "
2075 "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to "
2076 "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides."
2080 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2082 "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments "
2083 "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2087 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2089 msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>"
2090 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
2093 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2094 msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package."
2098 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2099 msgid "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden."
2103 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2105 "I<value> is the value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the "
2106 "line is split in no more than 3 columns when it's parsed."
2110 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2112 "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be "
2113 "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2117 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2118 msgid "L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>, L<dpkg-scansources(1)>, L<apt-ftparchive(1)>."
2123 msgid "deb-md5sums - package MD5 file digests"
2129 #| msgid "I<postinst>"
2130 msgid "B<DEBIAN/md5sums>"
2131 msgstr "I<postinst>"
2136 "A package declares the MD5 digests for the package file contents by "
2137 "including an I<md5sums> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/md5sums> "
2138 "during package creation). This file is used for integrity verification and "
2139 "deduplication purposes, and not for any kind of security purpose."
2145 "This file contains a list of MD5 digests (as 32 case-insensitive hexadecimal "
2146 "characters) followed by two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>) and the absolute "
2147 "pathname of a plain file, one per line."
2153 "Trailing slashes (U+002F B</>) in the pathname will be trimmed. Neither "
2154 "trailing whitespace nor empty or whitespace-only lines are accepted."
2160 "If the control file does not exist in the binary package, L<dpkg(1)> will "
2161 "generate the matching information at unpack time (since B<dpkg> 1.16.3)."
2168 " 53c0d4afe4bc4eccb5cb234d2e06ef4d usr/bin/dpkg\n"
2169 " f8da2bc74cdcad8b81c48a4f0d7bb0a8 usr/bin/dpkg-deb\n"
2170 " 70b913132de56e95e75de504979309b4 usr/bin/dpkg-divert\n"
2178 msgid "L<md5sum(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
2180 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
2185 msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format"
2189 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2190 msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
2196 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
2197 "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see "
2198 "L<deb(5)> for details of the new format."
2202 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2209 "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
2210 "concatenated gzipped ustar files."
2216 "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
2217 "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
2223 "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
2224 "length of the first gzipped tarfile."
2229 msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
2235 "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
2236 "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
2243 "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
2244 "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
2245 "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
2246 "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an "
2247 "entry for ‘B<.>’, that is, the current directory."
2253 "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
2254 "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
2255 "pathnames do not have leading slashes."
2261 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>."
2263 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
2268 msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files"
2274 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<filename>"
2275 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
2280 "The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about various "
2281 "vendors who are providing Debian packages."
2287 "They contain a number of fields, or comments when the line starts with "
2288 "‘B<#>’. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, "
2289 "followed by a colon and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by "
2290 "field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but "
2291 "the tools will join lines when processing the body of the field."
2297 "The file should be named according to the vendor name. The usual convention "
2298 "is to name the vendor file using the vendor name in all lowercase, but some "
2299 "variation is permitted."
2305 "Namely (since dpkg 1.21.10), first, non-alphanumeric characters (‘B<[^A-Za-"
2306 "z0-9]>’) are mapped to dashes (‘B<->’), then the resulting name will be "
2307 "tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it as is, lower-casing then "
2308 "capitalizing it (that is upper-casing the first character), and only "
2315 "In addition, for historical and backwards compatibility, the name will be "
2316 "tried keeping it as is without non-alphanumeric characters remapping, then "
2317 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2318 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it. And "
2319 "finally the name will be tried by remapping spaces to dashes (‘B<->’), then "
2320 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2321 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it."
2327 "But these backwards compatible module lookups will be removed during the "
2328 "dpkg 1.22.x release cycle."
2334 msgid "B<Vendor:> I<vendor-name> (required)"
2335 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
2339 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name."
2345 msgid "B<Vendor-URL:> I<vendor-url>"
2346 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
2350 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL."
2356 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<bug-url>"
2357 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
2362 "The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking "
2363 "system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., "
2364 "debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)."
2370 msgid "B<Parent:> I<vendor-name>"
2371 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
2376 "The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this "
2377 "vendor derives from."
2385 " Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n"
2386 " Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n"
2393 msgid "L<dpkg-vendor(1)>."
2398 msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file"
2404 "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
2405 "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the "
2406 "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is "
2407 "found in the override file."
2413 "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
2414 "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2419 msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainer-info>]"
2425 "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
2426 "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored."
2432 "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields "
2433 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
2440 "I<maintainer-info>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for "
2441 "an unconditional override, or else I<old-maintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<new-"
2442 "maintainer> to perform a substitution."
2448 "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in "
2449 "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2454 msgid "deb-postinst - package post-installation maintainer script"
2460 #| msgid "I<postinst>"
2461 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postinst>"
2462 msgstr "I<postinst>"
2467 "A package can perform several post-installation actions via maintainer "
2468 "scripts, by including an executable I<postinst> file in its control archive "
2469 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postinst> during package creation)."
2473 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2474 msgid "The script can be called in the following ways:"
2479 msgid "I<postinst> B<configure> I<old-version>"
2485 msgid "After the package was installed."
2486 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2491 msgid "I<postinst> B<triggered> \"I<trigger-name...>\""
2492 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
2497 "After the package was triggered. The list of space-separated I<trigger-"
2498 "name>s is passed as the second argument."
2503 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
2509 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2510 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<upgrade> or fails on B<failed-upgrade>."
2511 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
2515 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-remove>"
2521 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove>."
2522 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
2527 "I<postinst> B<abort-deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2531 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2532 msgid "S< >[ B<removing> I<old-package> I<old-version> ]"
2538 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2539 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<deconfigure in-favour> of a package."
2540 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
2544 msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2550 "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove in-favour> for replacement due to conflict."
2554 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2555 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod
2561 msgid "deb-postrm - package post-removal maintainer script"
2566 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postrm>"
2572 "A package can perform several post-removal actions via maintainer scripts, "
2573 "by including an executable I<postrm> file in its control archive (i.e. "
2574 "I<DEBIAN/postrm> during package creation)."
2580 #| msgid "I<postrm>"
2581 msgid "I<postrm> B<remove>"
2587 msgid "After the package was removed."
2588 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2593 #| msgid "I<postrm>"
2594 msgid "I<postrm> B<purge>"
2600 msgid "After the package was purged."
2601 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2605 msgid "I<old-postrm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
2611 msgid "After the package was upgraded."
2612 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2617 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2618 msgstr "B<--version>"
2622 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> call fails."
2626 #: deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2628 msgid "The I<new-version> is passed only since dpkg 1.18.5."
2629 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
2633 msgid "I<postrm> B<disappear> I<overwriter-package> I<overwriter-version>"
2638 msgid "After all of the packages files have been replaced."
2643 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install>"
2649 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2650 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<install>."
2651 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
2656 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2657 msgstr "B<--version>"
2662 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2664 "If I<preinst> fails during B<install> for an upgrade of a removed package."
2665 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
2670 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2671 msgstr "B<--version>"
2676 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2677 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<upgrade>."
2678 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
2682 msgid "deb-preinst - package pre-installation maintainer script"
2688 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
2689 msgid "B<DEBIAN/preinst>"
2690 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
2695 "A package can perform several pre-installation actions via maintainer "
2696 "scripts, by including an executable I<preinst> file in its control archive "
2697 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/preinst> during package creation)."
2702 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install>"
2708 #| msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
2709 msgid "Before the package is installed."
2710 msgstr "O pacote não está instalado em seu sistema."
2715 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2716 msgstr "B<--version>"
2721 msgid "Before a removed package is upgraded."
2722 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2727 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2728 msgstr "B<--version>"
2732 msgid "Before the package is upgraded."
2737 msgid "I<old-preinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
2742 msgid "If I<postrm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade."
2747 msgid "deb-prerm - package pre-removal maintainer script"
2752 msgid "B<DEBIAN/prerm>"
2758 "A package can perform several pre-removal actions via maintainer scripts, by "
2759 "including an executable I<prerm> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/"
2760 "prerm> during package creation)."
2766 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove>"
2767 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
2771 msgid "Before the package is removed."
2776 msgid "I<old-prerm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
2781 msgid "Before an upgrade."
2787 msgid "I<new-prerm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2788 msgstr "B<--version>"
2792 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> fails."
2797 msgid "I<prerm> B<deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2803 "Before package is deconfigured while dependency is replaced due to conflict."
2808 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2814 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
2815 msgid "Before the package is replaced due to conflict."
2816 msgstr "O pacote está descompactado, mas não configurado."
2820 msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file"
2825 msgid "B<debian/shlibs>, B<debian/>I<binary-name>B<.shlibs>, B<DEBIAN/shlibs>"
2831 "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<SONAMEs>) to "
2832 "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per "
2833 "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with a B<#> "
2834 "character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must "
2840 msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>"
2846 "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the "
2847 "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is "
2848 "optional and normally not needed."
2854 "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a "
2855 "binary control file, see L<deb-control(5)>."
2861 msgid "SONAME FORMATS"
2862 msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES"
2866 msgid "The SONAME formats supported are:"
2872 msgid "I<name>.so.I<version>"
2873 msgstr "B<--version>"
2883 msgid "I<name>-I<version>.so"
2884 msgstr "B<--version>"
2888 msgid "where I<name> is usually prefixed by B<lib>."
2894 "The former tends to be used by shared libraries with stable interfaces. The "
2895 "latter by shared libraries with unstable interfaces, where the whole version "
2896 "becomes part of the SONAME and needs to be specified in full when linking "
2897 "against those libraries."
2903 "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that "
2904 "provides one library whose SONAME is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read"
2911 " libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (>= 1.2-1)\n"
2918 "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that "
2919 "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were "
2920 "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the "
2921 "dependencies might need to be tightened."
2927 msgid "L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
2929 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
2935 msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format"
2942 "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller "
2943 "pieces to ease transport in small media."
2950 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The "
2951 "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
2957 "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, "
2958 "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:"
2962 #: deb-split.pod deb-src-symbols.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
2963 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dselect.pod
2970 "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written."
2976 msgid "The package name."
2977 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
2982 msgid "The package version."
2983 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
2987 msgid "The md5sum of the package."
2993 msgid "The total size of the package."
2994 msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:"
2998 msgid "The maximum part size."
3004 "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts "
3010 msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
3016 "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor "
3017 "format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, "
3018 "and should ignore these if this is the case."
3024 "If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has "
3025 "been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program "
3026 "should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member "
3027 "in the archive (except at the end), as described below."
3033 "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes "
3034 "the part number. It contains the raw part data."
3040 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
3041 "should ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members "
3042 "may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
3049 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<dpkg-split(1)>."
3051 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
3055 #: deb-src-control.pod
3056 msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source package template control file format"
3060 #: deb-src-control.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
3062 msgid "B<debian/control>"
3066 #: deb-src-control.pod
3068 "Each Debian source package contains the «B<debian/control>» template source "
3069 "control file, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a superset of the B<control> "
3070 "file shipped in Debian binary packages, see L<deb-control(5)>."
3074 #: deb-src-control.pod
3076 "This file contains at least 2 stanzas, separated by a blank line. The first "
3077 "stanza is called the source package stanza and lists all information about "
3078 "the source package in general, while each following stanzas are called the "
3079 "binary package stanzas and describe exactly one binary package per stanza. "
3080 "Each stanza consists of at least one field. A field starts with a field "
3081 "name, such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a "
3082 "colon, the body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise) and a "
3083 "newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, but each supplementary line, "
3084 "without a field name, should start with at least one space. The content of "
3085 "the multi-line fields is generally joined to a single line by the tools "
3086 "(except in the case of the B<Description> field, see below). To insert "
3087 "empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot after the space. Lines "
3088 "starting with a ‘B<#>’ are treated as comments."
3092 #: deb-src-control.pod
3093 msgid "SOURCE FIELDS"
3097 #: deb-src-control.pod
3099 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)"
3100 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3103 #: deb-src-control.pod
3105 "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match "
3106 "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name "
3107 "must consist only of lowercase letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and "
3108 "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two "
3109 "characters long and must start with a lowercase alphanumeric character (a-"
3114 #: deb-src-control.pod
3116 "Should be in the format «Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>», and "
3117 "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the "
3118 "author of the software or the original packager."
3122 #: deb-src-control.pod
3124 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email>"
3125 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3128 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3130 "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in "
3131 "the same format as the B<Maintainer> field. Multiple co-maintainers should "
3132 "be separated by a comma."
3136 #: deb-src-control.pod
3138 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string>"
3139 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3142 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3144 "This documents the most recent version of the distribution policy standards "
3145 "this package complies with."
3149 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3151 msgid "B<Description> I<short-description>"
3152 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3155 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3157 "The format for the source package description is a short brief summary on "
3158 "the first line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should "
3159 "be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long "
3160 "description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long "
3161 "description must contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
3165 #: deb-src-control.pod
3166 msgid "The upstream project home page URL."
3170 #: deb-src-control.pod
3172 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
3173 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian."
3174 "org>. This field is usually not needed."
3178 #: deb-src-control.pod
3180 msgid "B<Build-Driver:> I<driver-name>"
3181 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3184 #: deb-src-control.pod
3186 "This experimental field specifies the name of the build driver to use to "
3187 "build this package. When omitted the I<driver-name> defaults to B<debian-"
3192 #: deb-src-control.pod
3194 msgid "This field is supported since dpkg 1.22.7."
3195 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
3198 #: deb-src-control.pod
3199 msgid "B<Rules-Requires-Root:> B<no>|B<binary-targets>|I<impl-keywords>"
3203 #: deb-src-control.pod
3205 "This field is used to indicate whether the B<debian/rules> file requires "
3206 "(fake)root privileges to run some of its targets, and if so when."
3210 #: deb-src-control.pod
3212 "The binary targets will not require (fake)root at all. This is the default "
3213 "in B<dpkg-build-api> level >= 1."
3217 #: deb-src-control.pod
3219 msgid "B<binary-targets>"
3220 msgstr "B<--version>"
3223 #: deb-src-control.pod
3225 "The binary targets must always be run under (fake)root. This value is the "
3226 "default in B<dpkg-build-api> level 0, when the field is omitted; adding the "
3227 "field with an explicit B<binary-targets>, while not strictly needed, marks "
3228 "it as having been analyzed for this requirement."
3232 #: deb-src-control.pod
3233 msgid "I<impl-keywords>"
3237 #: deb-src-control.pod
3239 "This is a space-separated list of keywords which define when (fake)root is "
3244 #: deb-src-control.pod
3246 "Keywords consist of I<namespace>/I<cases>. The I<namespace> part cannot "
3247 "contain \"/\" or whitespace. The I<cases> part cannot contain whitespace. "
3248 "Furthermore, both parts must consist entirely of printable ASCII characters."
3252 #: deb-src-control.pod
3254 "Each tool/package will define a namespace named after itself and provide a "
3255 "number of cases where (fake)root is required. (See \"Implementation "
3256 "provided keywords\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>)."
3260 #: deb-src-control.pod
3262 "When the field is set to one of the I<impl-keywords>, the builder will "
3263 "expose an interface that is used to run a command under (fake)root. (See "
3264 "\"Gain Root API\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>.)"
3268 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3270 msgid "B<Testsuite:> I<name-list>"
3271 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
3274 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3276 msgid "B<Testsuite-Triggers:> I<package-list>"
3277 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
3280 #: deb-src-control.pod
3282 "These fields are described in the L<dsc(5)> manual page, as they are "
3283 "generated from information inferred from B<debian/tests/control> or copied "
3284 "literally to the source control file."
3288 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3290 msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:> I<url>"
3291 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3294 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3296 msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:> I<url>"
3297 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3300 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3302 msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:> I<url>"
3303 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3306 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3308 msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:> I<url>"
3309 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3312 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3314 msgid "B<Vcs-Git:> I<url>"
3315 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3318 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3320 msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:> I<url>"
3321 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3324 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3326 msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:> I<url>"
3327 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3330 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3332 msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:> I<url>"
3333 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3336 #: deb-src-control.pod
3338 "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this "
3339 "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, "
3340 "B<Darcs>, B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> "
3341 "(Subversion). Usually this field points to the latest version of the "
3342 "package, such as the main branch or the trunk."
3346 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3348 msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:> I<url>"
3349 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3352 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3354 "The I<url> of a web interface to browse the Version Control System "
3359 #: deb-src-control.pod
3361 "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field "
3362 "is usually not needed."
3366 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3368 msgid "B<Build-Depends:> I<package-list>"
3369 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3372 #: deb-src-control.pod
3374 "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to "
3375 "build from source package. These dependencies need to be satisfied when "
3376 "building binary architecture dependent or independent packages and source "
3377 "packages. Including a dependency in this field does not have the exact same "
3378 "effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Depends-"
3379 "Indep>, because the dependency also needs to be satisfied when building the "
3384 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3386 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3387 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3390 #: deb-src-control.pod
3392 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3393 "architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in "
3394 "this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build "
3395 "with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead."
3399 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3401 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3402 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3405 #: deb-src-control.pod
3407 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3408 "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed "
3413 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3415 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
3416 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3419 #: deb-src-control.pod
3421 "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, "
3422 "for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a "
3423 "dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both B<Build-"
3424 "Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional effect of "
3425 "being used for source-only builds."
3429 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3431 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3432 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3435 #: deb-src-control.pod
3437 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3438 "dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to "
3439 "build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead."
3443 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3445 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3446 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3449 #: deb-src-control.pod
3451 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3452 "independent packages."
3456 #: deb-src-control.pod
3458 "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-"
3459 "Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each "
3460 "group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, "
3461 "‘B<|>’. The groups are separated by commas ‘B<,>’, and can end with a "
3462 "trailing comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for L<deb-"
3463 "control(5)> (since dpkg 1.10.14). Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes "
3464 "as “OR”, with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally "
3465 "followed by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, "
3466 "optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses ‘B<(>’ "
3467 "and ‘B<)>’, an architecture specification in square brackets ‘B<[>’ and "
3468 "‘B<]>’, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of profile "
3469 "names in angle brackets ‘B<E<lt>>’ and ‘B<E<gt>>’."
3473 #: deb-src-control.pod
3475 "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-"
3476 "Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, where "
3477 "the comma is read as an “AND”, and where the list can end with a trailing "
3478 "comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for L<deb-"
3479 "control(5)> (since dpkg 1.10.14). Specifying alternative packages using a "
3480 "“pipe” is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed by a "
3481 "version number specification in parentheses, an architecture specification "
3482 "in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more "
3483 "lists of profile names in angle brackets."
3487 #: deb-src-control.pod
3489 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
3490 "dpkg 1.16.5), B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2) or B<native> (since dpkg 1.16.5). "
3491 "If omitted, the default for B<Build-Depends> fields is the current host "
3492 "architecture, the default for B<Build-Conflicts> fields is B<any>. A real "
3493 "Debian architecture name will match exactly that architecture for that "
3494 "package name, B<any> will match any architecture for that package name if "
3495 "the package is marked with B<Multi-Arch: allowed>, and B<native> will match "
3496 "the current build architecture if the package is not marked with B<Multi-"
3501 #: deb-src-control.pod
3503 "An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, "
3504 "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the "
3505 "names, meaning “NOT”."
3509 #: deb-src-control.pod
3511 "A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated "
3512 "by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items "
3513 "in the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and "
3514 "can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning “NOT”. A restriction "
3515 "formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression."
3519 #: deb-src-control.pod
3521 "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be "
3522 "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A "
3523 "list of these packages is in the build-essential package."
3527 #: deb-src-control.pod
3529 msgid "BINARY FIELDS"
3533 #: deb-src-control.pod
3535 "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in "
3536 "a binary stanza to override the global value from the source package."
3540 #: deb-src-control.pod
3542 msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)"
3543 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
3546 #: deb-src-control.pod
3548 "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions "
3549 "as to a source package name apply."
3553 #: deb-src-control.pod
3554 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)"
3558 #: deb-src-control.pod
3560 "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For "
3561 "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages "
3562 "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or "
3563 "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain "
3564 "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. "
3565 "It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see L<dpkg-"
3566 "architecture(1)> for more information about them)."
3570 #: deb-src-control.pod
3571 msgid "B<Build-Profiles:> I<restriction-formula>"
3575 #: deb-src-control.pod
3577 "This field specifies the conditions for which this binary package does or "
3578 "does not build. To express that condition, the same restriction formula "
3579 "syntax from the B<Build-Depends> field is used (including the angle "
3584 #: deb-src-control.pod
3586 "If a binary package stanza does not contain this field, then it implicitly "
3587 "means that it builds with all build profiles (including none at all)."
3591 #: deb-src-control.pod
3593 "In other words, if a binary package stanza is annotated with a non-empty "
3594 "B<Build-Profiles> field, then this binary package is generated if and only "
3595 "if the condition expressed by the conjunctive normal form expression "
3596 "evaluates to true."
3600 #: deb-src-control.pod
3601 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>"
3605 #: deb-src-control.pod
3607 "These fields are described in the L<deb-control(5)> manual page, as they are "
3608 "copied literally to the control file of the binary package."
3612 #: deb-src-control.pod
3614 "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in "
3615 "the L<deb-control(5)> manual page. When these fields are found in I<debian/"
3616 "control> they can also end with a trailing comma (since dpkg 1.10.14), have "
3617 "architecture specifications and restriction formulas which will all get "
3618 "reduced when generating the fields for L<deb-control(5)>."
3622 #: deb-src-control.pod
3624 "These fields are used by the debian-installer in B<udeb>s and are usually "
3625 "not needed. For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/"
3626 "installer-team/debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
3630 #: deb-src-control.pod
3631 msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS"
3635 #: deb-src-control.pod
3637 "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. "
3638 "The tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied "
3639 "over to the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a "
3640 "custom naming scheme: the fields should start with an B<X>, followed by zero "
3641 "or more of the letters B<SBC> and a hyphen."
3645 #: deb-src-control.pod
3650 #: deb-src-control.pod
3652 "The field will appear in the source package control file, see L<dsc(5)>."
3656 #: deb-src-control.pod
3661 #: deb-src-control.pod
3663 "The field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see L<deb-"
3668 #: deb-src-control.pod
3673 #: deb-src-control.pod
3675 "The field will appear in the upload control (.changes) file, see L<deb-"
3680 #: deb-src-control.pod
3682 "Note that the B<X>[B<SBC>]B<-> prefixes are stripped when the fields are "
3683 "copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as "
3684 "B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in the binary or "
3685 "source package control files."
3689 #: deb-src-control.pod
3691 "Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global "
3692 "namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially "
3693 "recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those "
3694 "fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>."
3698 #: deb-src-control.pod
3704 " Priority: required\n"
3705 " Maintainer: Dpkg Developers <debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org>\n"
3706 " # this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n"
3707 " XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n"
3708 " Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n"
3709 " Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
3710 " Vcs-Git: https://git.dpkg.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
3711 " Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n"
3712 " Build-Depends: pkgconf, debhelper (>= 4.1.81),\n"
3713 " libselinux1-dev (>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n"
3718 #: deb-src-control.pod
3721 " Package: dpkg-dev\n"
3723 " Priority: optional\n"
3724 " Architecture: all\n"
3725 " # this is a custom field in the binary package\n"
3726 " XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog <hertzog@debian.org>\n"
3727 " Depends: dpkg (>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (>= 2.4.2-2),\n"
3728 " bzip2, lzma, patch (>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n"
3729 " Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n"
3730 " Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n"
3731 " Conflicts: dpkg-cross (<< 2.0.0), devscripts (<< 2.10.26)\n"
3732 " Replaces: manpages-pl (<= 20051117-1)\n"
3733 " Description: Debian package development tools\n"
3734 " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n"
3735 " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n"
3737 " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n"
3738 " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n"
3743 #: deb-src-control.pod
3746 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, "
3747 "L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>"
3749 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
3753 #: deb-src-files.pod
3754 msgid "deb-src-files - Debian distribute files format"
3758 #: deb-src-files.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
3759 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
3761 msgid "B<debian/files>"
3762 msgstr "B<config-files>"
3765 #: deb-src-files.pod
3767 "This file contains the list of artifacts that are to be distributed via the "
3768 "B<.changes> control file."
3772 #: deb-src-files.pod
3773 msgid "The I<debian/files> file has a simple whitespace-delimited format."
3777 #: deb-src-files.pod
3778 msgid "I<filename> I<section> I<priority> [ I<keyword=value...> ]"
3782 #: deb-src-files.pod
3783 msgid "I<filename> is the name of the artifact to distribute."
3787 #: deb-src-files.pod
3789 "I<section> and I<priority> correspond to the respective control fields "
3790 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
3795 #: deb-src-files.pod
3797 "I<keyword=value...> corresponds to an optional whitespace-delimited list of "
3798 "attributes for this entry. The only currently supported keyword is "
3799 "B<automatic> with value B<yes>, to mark automatically generated files."
3803 #: deb-src-files.pod deb-version.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
3804 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
3809 #: deb-src-files.pod
3811 "This file is not intended to be modified directly, please use one of B<dpkg-"
3812 "gencontrol> or B<dpkg-distaddfile> to add entries to it."
3816 #: deb-src-files.pod
3818 msgid "L<dpkg-genchanges(1)>, L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
3819 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
3822 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3823 msgid "deb-src-rules - Debian source package rules file"
3827 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3829 msgid "B<debian/rules>"
3830 msgstr "B<config-files>"
3833 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3835 "This file contains the instructions necessary to build the binary packages "
3836 "from the source package."
3840 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3842 "The I<debian/rules> file is an executable Makefile, with a shebang that is "
3843 "usually set to \"#!/usr/bin/make -f\"."
3847 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3848 msgid "It must support the following make targets:"
3852 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
3855 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
3858 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3860 "Clean up the source tree, by undoing any change done by any of the build and "
3861 "binary targets. This target will be called with root privileges."
3865 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3867 msgid "B<build-indep>"
3868 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
3871 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3873 "Build architecture independent files required to build any architecture "
3874 "independent binary package. If there are no architecture independent binary "
3875 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
3876 "target must not require root privileges."
3880 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3882 msgid "B<build-arch>"
3883 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
3886 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3888 "Build architecture dependent files required to build any architecture "
3889 "dependent binary package. If there are no architecture dependent binary "
3890 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
3891 "target must not require root privileges."
3895 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
3898 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
3901 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3903 "Build architecture independent and dependent files, either by depending (at "
3904 "least transitively) on B<build-indep> and/or B<build-arch> or by inlining "
3905 "what those targets would do. This target must not require root privileges."
3909 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3911 msgid "B<binary-indep>"
3912 msgstr "B<--version>"
3915 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3917 "Build architecture independent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
3918 "least transitively) on either B<build-indep> or B<build>. This target will "
3919 "be called with root privileges."
3923 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3925 msgid "B<binary-arch>"
3926 msgstr "B<--version>"
3929 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3931 "Build architecture dependent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
3932 "least transitively) on either B<build-arch> or B<build>. This target will "
3933 "be called with root privileges."
3937 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
3938 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
3941 msgstr "B<--version>"
3944 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3946 "Build architecture independent and dependent binary packages, either by "
3947 "depending (at least transitively) on B<binary-indep> and/or B<binary-arch> "
3948 "or by inlining what those targets would do. This target will be called with "
3953 #: deb-src-rules.pod
3956 "L<dpkg-architecture(1)>, L<dpkg-vendor(1)>, L<dpkg-buildflags(1)>, L<dpkg-"
3957 "parsechangelog(1)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)>, L<dpkg-"
3958 "deb(1)>, L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
3960 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
3964 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3965 msgid "deb-src-symbols - Debian's extended shared library template file"
3969 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3971 "B<debian/>I<package>B<.symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/"
3972 ">I<package>B<.symbols>, B<debian/symbols>"
3976 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3978 "The symbol file templates are shipped in Debian source packages, and its "
3979 "format is a superset of the symbols files shipped in binary packages, see "
3980 "L<deb-symbols(5)>."
3984 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3989 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3991 "Comments are supported in template symbol files. Any line with ‘#’ as the "
3992 "first character is a comment except if it starts with ‘#include’ (see "
3993 "section L</Using includes>). Lines starting with ‘#MISSING:’ are special "
3994 "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared."
3998 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
3999 msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution"
4003 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4005 "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. "
4006 "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use "
4007 "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name "
4008 "during installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> "
4009 "marker, I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary "
4014 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4015 msgid "Using symbol tags"
4019 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4021 "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. "
4022 "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While "
4023 "all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by B<dpkg-"
4024 "gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection L</"
4025 "Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags."
4029 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4031 "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is "
4032 "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends "
4033 "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple "
4034 "tags are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a "
4035 "value which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names "
4036 "and values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the "
4037 "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag "
4038 "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters "
4039 "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for "
4040 "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up "
4041 "until the first space."
4045 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4048 " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n"
4049 " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n"
4050 " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4055 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4057 "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two "
4058 "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has "
4059 "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged "
4060 "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal "
4065 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4067 "Since symbol tags are an extension of the L<deb-symbols(5)> format, they can "
4068 "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files "
4069 "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are "
4070 "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the "
4071 "B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the L<deb-"
4072 "symbols(5)> format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements "
4073 "of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the "
4074 "contrary, in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard "
4075 "and unknown ones) are kept in the output and are written in their original "
4076 "form as they were loaded."
4080 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4081 msgid "Standard symbol tags"
4085 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4087 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
4089 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
4092 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4094 "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and "
4095 "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared "
4096 "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new "
4097 "package revision. This behavior serves as a reminder for the maintainer "
4098 "that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to "
4099 "the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as "
4100 "MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back "
4101 "to the “existing” status with its minimum version unchanged."
4105 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4107 "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance "
4108 "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations "
4109 "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an "
4110 "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered "
4115 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4117 msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture-list>"
4118 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4121 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4123 msgid "B<arch-bits=>I<architecture-bits>"
4124 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4127 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4129 msgid "B<arch-endian=>I<architecture-endianness>"
4130 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4133 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4135 "These tags allow one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol "
4136 "is supposed to exist. The B<arch-bits> and B<arch-endian> tags are "
4137 "supported since dpkg 1.18.0. When the symbols list is updated with the "
4138 "symbols discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not "
4139 "concern the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. "
4140 "If an arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not "
4141 "exist in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may "
4142 "cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific "
4143 "symbol is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host "
4144 "architecture is not listed in the tag or does not match the endianness and "
4145 "bits), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the arch, arch-bits and arch-endian "
4146 "tags are dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this change), "
4147 "but it is not considered as new."
4151 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4153 "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols "
4154 "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the "
4155 "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those "
4156 "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in "
4161 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4163 "The format of I<architecture-list> is the same as the one used in the "
4164 "B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square "
4165 "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be "
4166 "considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only "
4167 "on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel."
4171 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4174 " (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4175 " (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4176 " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n"
4181 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4182 msgid "The I<architecture-bits> is either B<32> or B<64>."
4186 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4189 " (arch-bits=32)32bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4190 " (arch-bits=64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4195 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4196 msgid "The I<architecture-endianness> is either B<little> or B<big>."
4200 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4203 " (arch-endian=little)little_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4204 " (arch-endian=big)big_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4209 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4210 msgid "Multiple restrictions can be chained."
4214 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4217 " (arch-bits=32|arch-endian=little)32bit_le_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4222 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4224 msgid "B<allow-internal>"
4228 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4230 "dpkg-gensymbols has a list of internal symbols that should not appear in "
4231 "symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation "
4232 "details of the toolchain (since dpkg 1.20.1). If for some reason, you "
4233 "really want one of those symbols to be included in the symbols file, you "
4234 "should tag the symbol with B<allow-internal>. It can be necessary for some "
4235 "low level toolchain libraries like “libgcc”."
4239 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4241 msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>"
4242 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
4245 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4247 "A deprecated alias for B<allow-internal> (since dpkg 1.20.1, supported since "
4252 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4258 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4260 "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4265 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4271 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4273 "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol "
4274 "patterns> subsection below."
4278 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4285 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4287 "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4292 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4293 msgid "Using symbol patterns"
4297 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4299 "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real "
4300 "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each "
4301 "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol "
4302 "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern "
4303 "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification "
4304 "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be "
4305 "considered as new."
4309 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4311 "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the "
4312 "library. By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under B<-"
4313 "c1> or higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may "
4314 "be marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match "
4315 "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any "
4316 "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the "
4317 "I<arch> tag. Please refer to L</Standard symbol tags> subsection above for "
4322 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4324 "Patterns are an extension of the L<deb-symbols(5)> format hence they are "
4325 "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not "
4326 "any different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part "
4327 "of the specification serves as an expression to be matched against "
4328 "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different "
4329 "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag."
4333 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4334 msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:"
4338 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4340 "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by "
4341 "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by L<c++filt(1)> utility). This "
4342 "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary "
4343 "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. "
4344 "One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture "
4345 "specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this "
4346 "case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-"
4347 "virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on "
4348 "32-bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64-"
4349 "bit ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:"
4353 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4356 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4358 " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n"
4364 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4366 "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:"
4370 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4373 " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n"
4378 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4380 "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, "
4381 "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real "
4382 "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with "
4383 "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most "
4384 "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols "
4385 "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they "
4386 "should not degrade quality of the symbol file."
4390 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4392 "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries "
4393 "have versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream "
4394 "version where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a "
4395 "I<symver> pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. "
4400 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4403 " libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n"
4404 " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n"
4406 " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n"
4407 " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n"
4412 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4414 "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to "
4415 "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol "
4416 "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 "
4417 "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern "
4418 "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns."
4422 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4424 "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" "
4425 "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by "
4426 "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 "
4427 "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same "
4428 "behavior is needed."
4432 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4434 "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by "
4435 "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular "
4436 "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the "
4437 "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> "
4438 "string. For example:"
4442 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4445 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4446 " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n"
4447 " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n"
4452 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4454 "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", "
4455 "\"mystack_pop@Base\", etc., will be matched by the first pattern while "
4456 "\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" would not. The second pattern will match all "
4457 "symbols having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will "
4458 "inherit I<optional> tag from the pattern."
4462 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4464 "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that "
4465 "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For "
4470 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4473 " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\d\\(int\\)@Base\" 1.0\n"
4474 " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base 1.0\n"
4479 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4481 "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and "
4482 "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first "
4483 "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled "
4484 "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when "
4485 "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw "
4486 "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to "
4487 "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of "
4488 "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, "
4489 "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base\" will not match either of "
4490 "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol."
4494 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4496 "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> "
4497 "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple "
4498 "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) "
4499 "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each "
4500 "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns."
4504 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4506 "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, "
4507 "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are "
4508 "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the "
4509 "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template "
4510 "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs "
4511 "based on the alphanumerical order of their names."
4515 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4516 msgid "Using includes"
4520 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4522 "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become "
4523 "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include "
4524 "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:"
4528 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4530 "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that "
4531 "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive "
4536 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4539 " #include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"\n"
4544 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4545 msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:"
4549 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4552 " (tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"\n"
4557 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4559 "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered "
4560 "to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature "
4561 "to create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture "
4562 "specific symbol files:"
4566 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4569 " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n"
4570 " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64-bit\"\n"
4571 " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32-bit\"\n"
4572 " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n"
4577 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4579 "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are "
4580 "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of "
4581 "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include "
4582 "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything "
4583 "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include "
4584 "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override "
4585 "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no "
4586 "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags."
4590 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4592 "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the "
4593 "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. "
4594 "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to "
4595 "do it is the following:"
4599 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4602 " #include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n"
4603 " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4608 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4610 msgid "L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>."
4611 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
4614 #: deb-substvars.pod
4615 msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
4619 #: deb-substvars.pod
4621 "B<debian/substvars>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.substvars>, variables"
4625 #: deb-substvars.pod
4627 "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
4628 "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
4629 "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they "
4630 "perform some variable substitutions on the output file."
4634 #: deb-substvars.pod
4635 msgid "Variable Syntax"
4639 #: deb-substvars.pod
4641 "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable "
4642 "names consist of alphanumerics (a-zA-Z0-9), hyphens (-) and colons (:) and "
4643 "start with an alphanumeric, and are case-sensitive, even though they might "
4644 "refer to other entities which are case-preserving. Variable substitutions "
4645 "are performed repeatedly until none are left; the full text of the field "
4646 "after the substitution is rescanned to look for more substitutions."
4650 #: deb-substvars.pod
4655 #: deb-substvars.pod
4657 "Substitution variables can be specified in a file. These files consist of "
4658 "lines of the form I<name>B<=>I<value>, I<name>B<?=>I<value>, or I<name>B<!"
4659 "=>I<value>. The B<=> operator assigns a normal substitution variable, the "
4660 "B<?=> operator (since dpkg 1.21.8) assigns an optional substitution variable "
4661 "which will emit no warnings even if unused, and the B<!=> operator (since "
4662 "dpkg 1.22.7) assigns a required substitution variable which will error out "
4663 "if unused. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and lines "
4664 "starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
4668 #: deb-substvars.pod
4669 msgid "Substitution"
4673 #: deb-substvars.pod
4675 "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
4676 "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
4677 "specified using the B<-T> common option)."
4681 #: deb-substvars.pod
4683 "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string "
4684 "B<${}> (which is not an actual substitution variable) is replaced with a "
4685 "B<$> sign. This can be used as an escape sequence such as B<${}"
4686 "{>I<VARIABLE>B<}> which will end up as B<${>I<VARIABLE>B<}> on the output."
4690 #: deb-substvars.pod
4692 "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
4693 "empty value is assumed."
4697 #: deb-substvars.pod
4699 "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those "
4700 "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not "
4701 "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> "
4702 "and B<Architecture> fields."
4706 #: deb-substvars.pod
4708 "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have "
4709 "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you "
4710 "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly "
4711 "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is "
4712 "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following "
4717 #: deb-substvars.pod
4720 " Description: foo application\n"
4728 #: deb-substvars.pod
4729 msgid "It will result in:"
4733 #: deb-substvars.pod
4736 " Description: foo application\n"
4745 #: deb-substvars.pod
4746 msgid "Built-in Variable"
4750 #: deb-substvars.pod
4751 msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are always available:"
4755 #: deb-substvars.pod
4760 #: deb-substvars.pod
4762 "The current host architecture (i.e. the architecture the package is being "
4763 "built for, the equivalent of B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
4767 #: deb-substvars.pod
4769 msgid "B<vendor:Name>"
4770 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
4773 #: deb-substvars.pod
4775 "The current vendor name (since dpkg 1.20.0). This value comes from the "
4776 "B<Vendor> field for the current vendor's origin file, as L<dpkg-vendor(1)> "
4777 "would retrieve it."
4781 #: deb-substvars.pod
4783 msgid "B<vendor:Id>"
4784 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
4787 #: deb-substvars.pod
4789 "The current vendor ID (since dpkg 1.20.0). This is just the lowercase "
4790 "variant of B<vendor:Name>."
4794 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
4796 msgid "B<source:Version>"
4797 msgstr "B<--version>"
4800 #: deb-substvars.pod
4802 msgid "The source package version (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4803 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
4806 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
4807 msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>"
4811 #: deb-substvars.pod
4813 "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if "
4814 "any (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4818 #: deb-substvars.pod
4820 msgid "B<binary:Version>"
4821 msgstr "B<--version>"
4824 #: deb-substvars.pod
4826 "The binary package version (which may differ from B<source:Version> in a "
4827 "binNMU for example; since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4831 #: deb-substvars.pod
4833 msgid "B<Source-Version>"
4834 msgstr "B<--version>"
4837 #: deb-substvars.pod
4839 "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now "
4840 "B<obsolete> and emits an error when used as its meaning is different from "
4841 "its function, please use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as "
4846 #: deb-substvars.pod
4848 msgid "B<source:Synopsis>"
4849 msgstr "B<--version>"
4852 #: deb-substvars.pod
4854 "The source package synopsis, extracted from the source stanza B<Description> "
4855 "field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
4859 #: deb-substvars.pod
4861 msgid "B<source:Extended-Description>"
4862 msgstr "B<--version>"
4865 #: deb-substvars.pod
4867 "The source package extended description, extracted from the source stanza "
4868 "B<Description> field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
4872 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
4874 msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
4875 msgstr "B<installed>"
4878 #: deb-substvars.pod
4880 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files. This value is "
4881 "copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the "
4882 "value of that field. If this variable is not set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will "
4883 "compute the default value by accumulating the size of each regular file and "
4884 "symlink rounded to 1 KiB used units, and a baseline of 1 KiB for any other "
4885 "filesystem object type. With hardlinks only being counted once as a regular "
4890 #: deb-substvars.pod
4892 "B<Note>: Take into account that this can only ever be an approximation, as "
4893 "the actual size used on the installed system will depend greatly on the "
4894 "filesystem used and its parameters, which might end up using either more or "
4895 "less space than the specified in this field."
4899 #: deb-substvars.pod
4900 msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
4904 #: deb-substvars.pod
4906 "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
4907 "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
4908 "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
4909 "B<Installed-Size> control file field."
4913 #: deb-substvars.pod
4915 msgid "B<S:>I<field-name>"
4916 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
4919 #: deb-substvars.pod
4921 "The value of the source stanza field I<field-name> (which must be given in "
4922 "the canonical capitalization; since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting these variables "
4923 "has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly. "
4924 "These variables are only available when generating binary control files."
4928 #: deb-substvars.pod
4930 msgid "B<F:>I<field-name>"
4931 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
4934 #: deb-substvars.pod
4936 "The value of the output field I<field-name> (which must be given in the "
4937 "canonical capitalization). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
4938 "on places where they are expanded explicitly."
4942 #: deb-substvars.pod
4947 #: deb-substvars.pod
4949 "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
4950 "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
4951 "field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
4955 #: deb-substvars.pod
4956 msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
4960 #: deb-substvars.pod
4961 msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
4965 #: deb-substvars.pod
4966 msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
4970 #: deb-substvars.pod
4972 "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>."
4976 #: deb-substvars.pod
4978 msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>"
4979 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
4982 #: deb-substvars.pod
4983 msgid "The upstream version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4987 #: deb-substvars.pod
4989 msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
4990 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
4993 #: deb-substvars.pod
4994 msgid "The full version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
4998 #: deb-substvars.pod
5000 msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
5001 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
5004 #: deb-substvars.pod
5006 msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
5007 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
5010 #: deb-substvars.pod
5013 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-vendor(1)>, L<dpkg-genchanges(1)>, L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)>, "
5014 "L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>."
5016 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
5021 msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file"
5026 msgid "B<DEBIAN/symbols>"
5032 "The symbol files are shipped in Debian binary packages, and its format is a "
5033 "subset of the template symbol files used by L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)> in Debian "
5034 "source packages, see L<deb-src-symbols(5)>."
5040 "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in "
5049 " I<library-soname> I<main-dependency-template>\n"
5050 " [| I<alternative-dependency-template>]\n"
5052 " [* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]\n"
5054 " I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n"
5061 "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported "
5062 "by L<objdump(1)>. A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where "
5063 "I<#MINVER#> is dynamically replaced either by a version check like “(E<gt>= "
5064 "I<minimal-version>)” or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed "
5071 "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being "
5072 "“Base” if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-"
5073 "version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is always "
5074 "used and will end up being combined with the dependency template referenced "
5075 "by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first alternative "
5076 "dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc. Each column is "
5077 "separated by exactly a single whitespace."
5083 "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. "
5084 "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the "
5085 "only valid fields are:"
5091 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>"
5092 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5097 "It indicates the name of the “-dev” package associated to the library and is "
5098 "used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is at "
5099 "least as strict as the corresponding build dependency (since dpkg 1.14.13)."
5105 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Packages>"
5106 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5111 "The same as B<Build-Depends-Package> but accepts a comma-separated list of "
5112 "package names (since dpkg 1.20.0). This field will override any B<Build-"
5113 "Depends-Package> field present, and is mostly useful with “-dev” packages "
5114 "and metapackages depending on these, say for a transition period."
5119 msgid "B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups>"
5125 "It indicates what internal symbol groups should be ignored, as a whitespace "
5126 "separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included "
5127 "in the output file (since dpkg 1.20.1). This should only be necessary for "
5128 "toolchain packages providing those internal symbols. The available groups "
5129 "are system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and "
5136 msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>"
5137 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
5142 "A deprecated alias for B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups> (since dpkg 1.20.1, "
5143 "supported since dpkg 1.17.6)."
5148 msgid "Simple symbols file"
5155 " libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n"
5156 " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5157 " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5164 msgid "Advanced symbols file"
5171 " libGL.so.1 libgl1\n"
5172 " | libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#\n"
5173 " * Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n"
5174 " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n"
5176 " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n"
5185 "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>, L<deb-src-"
5186 "symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>."
5187 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
5191 msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers"
5197 "B<debian/triggers>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.triggers>, B<DEBIAN/"
5204 "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a "
5205 "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during "
5206 "package creation)."
5212 "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing "
5213 "whitespace and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, "
5214 "and empty lines will be ignored."
5219 msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:"
5225 msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>"
5226 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5231 msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>"
5232 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5237 msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5238 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5243 "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers "
5244 "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the "
5245 "triggers control file."
5251 "The “await” variants put the triggering package in triggers-awaited state "
5252 "depending on how the trigger was activated. The “noawait” variant does not "
5253 "put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state, even if the "
5254 "triggering package declared an “await” activation (either with an B<activate-"
5255 "await> or B<activate> directive, or by using the B<dpkg-trigger> B<--no-"
5256 "await> command-line option). The “noawait” variant should be used when the "
5257 "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial."
5262 msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>"
5268 msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>"
5269 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5274 msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5275 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5280 "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified "
5281 "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following "
5282 "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a "
5283 "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure."
5289 "The “await” variants only put the triggering package in triggers-awaited "
5290 "state if the interest directive is also “await”. The “noawait” variant "
5291 "never puts the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. The “noawait” "
5292 "variant should be used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not "
5299 "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the "
5300 "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of "
5301 "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to "
5302 "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers "
5303 "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated."
5309 "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the "
5316 "The “-noawait” variants should always be favored when possible since "
5317 "triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be "
5318 "immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. If "
5319 "the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will "
5320 "avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the "
5321 "trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade."
5327 "The “-noawait” variants are supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will lead to "
5328 "errors if used with an older dpkg."
5334 "The “-await” alias variants are supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and will lead "
5335 "to errors if used with an older dpkg."
5341 "When a package provides an B<interest-noawait> directive, any activation "
5342 "will set the triggering package into “noawait” mode, regardless of the "
5343 "awaiting mode requested by the activation (either “await” or “noawait”). "
5344 "When a package provides an B<interest> or B<interest-await> directive, any "
5345 "activation will set the triggering package into “await” or “noawait“ "
5346 "depending on how it was activated."
5352 msgid "L<dpkg-trigger(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>, B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
5353 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
5357 msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format"
5362 msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]"
5368 "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of "
5369 "three components. These are:"
5380 "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in "
5381 "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> "
5382 "may not contain any colons."
5388 "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of "
5389 "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be "
5396 msgid "I<upstream-version>"
5397 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5402 "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version "
5403 "number of the original (“upstream”) package from which the I<.deb> file has "
5404 "been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same format "
5405 "as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to be "
5406 "reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and "
5407 "comparison scheme."
5413 "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the "
5414 "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of "
5415 "the version number is mandatory."
5421 "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (“A-Za-z0-9”) and the "
5422 "characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, tilde) "
5423 "and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> then "
5424 "hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not allowed."
5430 msgid "I<debian-revision>"
5431 msgstr "B<--version>"
5436 "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package "
5437 "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the "
5438 "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the "
5439 "same way as the I<upstream-version> is."
5445 "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not "
5446 "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software "
5447 "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is "
5448 "only one “debianization” of it and therefore no revision indication is "
5455 "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at ‘1’ each time the "
5456 "I<upstream-version> is increased."
5462 "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string "
5463 "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-"
5464 "revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the "
5465 "presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least "
5466 "significant part of the version number)."
5471 msgid "Sorting algorithm"
5477 "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the "
5478 "package management system using the same algorithm:"
5483 msgid "The strings are compared from left to right."
5489 "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit "
5490 "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are "
5491 "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical "
5492 "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters "
5493 "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before "
5494 "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in "
5495 "sorted order: ‘~~’, ‘~~a’, ‘~’, the empty part, ‘a’."
5501 "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists "
5502 "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these "
5503 "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result "
5504 "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur "
5505 "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero."
5511 "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and "
5512 "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both "
5513 "strings are exhausted."
5519 "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in "
5520 "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering "
5521 "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers "
5522 "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot "
5523 "interpret (such as ‘ALPHA’ or ‘pre-’), or with silly orderings."
5529 "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in "
5530 "dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for "
5531 "it later in the 1.10.x series."
5537 msgid "L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb(5)>, L<dpkg(1)>"
5539 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
5544 msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
5550 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is "
5551 "understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 "
5552 "and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)."
5558 "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
5559 "format are described in L<deb-old(5)>."
5565 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only "
5566 "the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name "
5567 "extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which "
5568 "limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are "
5569 "limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 "
5576 "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the "
5577 "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (new style long pathnames "
5578 "and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17; large file metadata since "
5579 "dpkg 1.18.24), and the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg "
5580 "1.15.0). Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error. Each tar "
5581 "entry size inside a tar archive is limited to 11 ASCII octal digits, "
5582 "allowing for up to 8 GiB tar entries. The GNU large file metadata support "
5583 "permits 95-bit tar entry sizes and negative timestamps, and 63-bit UID, GID "
5584 "and device numbers."
5590 "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
5591 "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
5592 "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
5593 "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
5594 "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
5601 "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
5602 "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
5603 "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive "
5604 "(except at the end), as described below."
5610 "The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive "
5611 "containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported "
5612 "since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz "
5613 "(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), zstd (with B<.zst> "
5614 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.21.18), as a series of plain files, of "
5615 "which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control "
5616 "information, the B<md5sums>, B<conffiles>, B<triggers>, B<shlibs> and "
5617 "B<symbols> files contain optional control information, and the B<preinst>, "
5618 "B<postinst>, B<prerm> and B<postrm> files are optional maintainer scripts. "
5619 "The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for ‘B<.>’, the current "
5626 "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the "
5627 "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg "
5628 "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> "
5629 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), zstd (with B<.zst> extension, "
5630 "supported since dpkg 1.21.18), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, supported "
5631 "since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported since dpkg "
5638 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
5639 "should ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may "
5640 "be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
5641 "three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted after B<debian-"
5642 "binary> and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should be safely "
5643 "ignored by older programs, will have names starting with an underscore, "
5650 "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted "
5651 "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than "
5652 "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be "
5668 msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package"
5678 msgid "application/x-debian-package"
5683 msgid "application/x-deb"
5689 "L<deb-old(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb-conffiles(5)>, L<deb-"
5690 "md5sums(5)>, L<deb-triggers(5)>, L<deb-shlibs(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<deb-"
5691 "preinst(5)>, L<deb-postinst(5)>, L<deb-prerm(5)>, L<deb-postrm(5)>."
5696 msgid "deb822 - Debian RFC822 control data format"
5702 "The package management system manipulates data represented in a common "
5703 "format, known as I<control data>, stored in I<control files>. Control files "
5704 "are used for source packages, binary packages and the B<.changes> files "
5705 "which control the installation of uploaded files (B<dpkg>'s internal "
5706 "databases are in a similar format)."
5717 "A control file consists of one or more stanzas of fields (the stanzas "
5718 "sometimes used to be referred to as paragraphs). The stanzas are separated "
5719 "by empty lines. Parsers may accept lines consisting solely of U+0020 "
5720 "B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB> as stanza separators, but control files should "
5721 "use empty lines. Some control files allow only one stanza; others allow "
5722 "several, in which case each stanza usually refers to a different package. "
5723 "(For example, in source packages, the first stanza refers to the source "
5724 "package, and later stanzas refer to binary packages generated from the "
5725 "source.) The ordering of the stanzas in control files is significant."
5731 "Each stanza consists of a series of data fields. Each field consists of the "
5732 "field name followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’), and then the data/value "
5733 "associated with that field. The field name is composed of US-ASCII "
5734 "characters excluding control characters, space, and colon (i.e., characters "
5735 "in the ranges U+0021 ‘B<!>’ through U+0039 ‘B<9>’, and U+003B ‘B<;>’ through "
5736 "U+007E ‘B<~>’, inclusive). Field names must not begin with the comment "
5737 "character (U+0023 ‘B<#>’), nor with the hyphen character (U+002D ‘B<->’)."
5743 "The field ends at the end of the line or at the end of the last continuation "
5744 "line (see below). Horizontal whitespace (U+0020 B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>) "
5745 "may occur immediately before or after the value and is ignored there; it is "
5746 "conventional to put a single space after the colon. For example, a field "
5760 msgid "the field name is B<Package> and the field value B<dpkg>."
5766 "Empty field values are only permitted in source package control files "
5767 "(I<debian/control>). Such fields are ignored."
5773 "A stanza must not contain more than one instance of a particular field name."
5778 msgid "There are three types of fields:"
5789 "The field, including its value, must be a single line. Folding of the field "
5790 "is not permitted. This is the default field type if the definition of the "
5791 "field does not specify a different type."
5802 "The value of a folded field is a logical line that may span several lines. "
5803 "The lines after the first are called continuation lines and must start with "
5804 "a U+0020 B<SPACE> or a U+0009 B<TAB>. Whitespace, including any newlines, "
5805 "is not significant in the field values of folded fields."
5811 "This folding method is similar to RFC5322, allowing control files that "
5812 "contain only one stanza and no multiline fields to be read by parsers "
5813 "written for RFC5322."
5819 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
5820 msgid "B<multiline>"
5821 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
5826 "The value of a multiline field may comprise multiple continuation lines. "
5827 "The first line of the value, the part on the same line as the field name, "
5828 "often has special significance or may have to be empty. Other lines are "
5829 "added following the same syntax as the continuation lines of the folded "
5830 "fields. Whitespace, including newlines, is significant in the values of "
5837 "Whitespace must not appear inside names (of packages, architectures, files "
5838 "or anything else) or version numbers, or between the characters of multi-"
5839 "character version relationships."
5845 "The presence and purpose of a field, and the syntax of its value may differ "
5846 "between types of control files."
5852 "Field names are not case-sensitive, but it is usual to capitalize the field "
5853 "names using mixed case as shown below. Field values are case-sensitive "
5854 "unless the description of the field says otherwise."
5860 "Stanza separators (empty lines) and lines consisting only of U+0020 B<SPACE> "
5861 "and U+0009 B<TAB>, are not allowed within field values or between fields. "
5862 "Empty lines in field values are usually escaped by representing them by a "
5863 "U+0020 B<SPACE> followed by a dot (U+002E ‘B<.>’)."
5869 "Lines starting with U+0023 ‘B<#>’, without any preceding whitespace are "
5870 "comments lines that are only permitted in source package control files "
5871 "(I<debian/control>) and in L<deb-origin(5)> files. These comment lines are "
5872 "ignored, even between two continuation lines. They do not end logical lines."
5877 msgid "All control files must be encoded in UTF-8."
5882 msgid "B<RFC822>, B<RFC5322>."
5886 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5888 "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building"
5892 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5894 msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
5895 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
5898 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5900 "B<dpkg-architecture> provides a facility to determine and set the build and "
5901 "host architecture for package building."
5905 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5907 "The build architecture is always determined by either the B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH> "
5908 "variable if set (and B<--force> not being specified) or by an external call "
5909 "to L<dpkg(1)>, and cannot be set at the command line."
5913 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5915 "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the "
5916 "options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>, otherwise the B<DEB_HOST_ARCH> "
5917 "variable is used if set (and B<--force> not being specified). The default "
5918 "is determined by an external call to L<gcc(1)>, or the same as the build "
5919 "architecture if B<CC> or gcc are both not available. One out of B<--host-"
5920 "arch> and B<--host-type> is sufficient, the value of the other will be set "
5921 "to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, "
5922 "because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice does not match the "
5927 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
5928 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod
5929 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
5930 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
5935 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5937 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>"
5938 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
5941 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5943 "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format "
5944 "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action."
5948 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5950 msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>"
5951 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
5954 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5956 "Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
5957 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to "
5958 "check if they are equal. This action will not expand the architecture "
5959 "wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
5964 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5966 msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>"
5967 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
5970 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5972 "Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
5973 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture-"
5974 "wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture wildcard, to check if "
5975 "they match. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
5980 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5982 msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>"
5983 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
5986 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5987 msgid "Print the value of a single variable."
5991 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5993 msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>"
5997 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
5999 "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
6000 "using the POSIX shell or make B<eval>, depending on the output format."
6004 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6006 msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>"
6010 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6011 msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-set> but to unset all variables."
6015 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6017 msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command-string>"
6018 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
6021 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6023 "Execute a I<command-string> in an environment which has all variables set to "
6024 "the determined value."
6028 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6030 "If the I<command-string> contains shell metacharacters, then it will be "
6031 "invoked through the system bourne shell."
6035 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6037 msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>"
6038 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
6041 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6043 "Print a list of valid architecture names. Possibly restricted by one or "
6044 "more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or B<--"
6045 "match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6049 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6050 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6051 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6052 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod
6053 #: dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
6054 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
6056 msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
6060 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6061 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6062 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6063 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6064 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6065 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6066 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-split.pod
6067 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
6068 #: update-alternatives.pod
6069 msgid "Show the usage message and exit."
6073 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6074 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6075 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6076 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6077 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
6078 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
6079 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
6080 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
6081 #: update-alternatives.pod
6083 msgid "B<--version>"
6084 msgstr "B<--version>"
6087 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6088 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6089 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6090 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6091 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6092 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6093 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6094 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6095 #: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
6096 msgid "Show the version and exit."
6100 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6101 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
6102 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
6103 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
6104 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6105 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6106 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6107 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
6108 #: update-alternatives.pod
6113 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6115 msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>"
6116 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6119 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6121 msgid "Set the host Debian architecture."
6122 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6125 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6127 msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6131 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6132 msgid "Set the host GNU system type."
6136 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6138 msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
6139 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
6142 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6144 msgid "Set the target Debian architecture (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6145 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6148 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6150 msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6151 msgstr "B<--version>"
6154 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6155 msgid "Set the target GNU system type (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6159 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6161 msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>"
6162 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6165 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6167 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the "
6168 "specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6172 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6174 msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>"
6175 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6178 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6180 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6181 "specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>."
6185 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6187 msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>"
6188 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6191 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6193 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6194 "specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>."
6198 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6200 msgid "B<--print-format> I<format>"
6201 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
6204 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6206 "Sets the output format for B<--print-set> and B<--print-unset> (since dpkg "
6207 "1.20.6), to either B<shell> (default) or B<make>."
6211 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6213 msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
6214 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
6217 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6219 "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by "
6220 "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this "
6221 "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when "
6222 "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example "
6223 "L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>)."
6227 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6232 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6233 msgid "build machine"
6237 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6238 msgid "The machine the package is built on."
6242 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6243 msgid "host machine"
6247 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6248 msgid "The machine the package is built for."
6252 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6253 msgid "target machine"
6257 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6259 "The machine the compiler is building for, or the emulator will run code "
6260 "for. This is only needed when building a cross-toolchain (or emulator), one "
6261 "that will be built on the build architecture, to be run on the host "
6262 "architecture, and to build (or run emulated) code for the target "
6267 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6269 msgid "Debian architecture"
6270 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6273 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6275 "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP "
6276 "archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386."
6280 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6282 msgid "Debian architecture tuple"
6283 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6286 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6288 "A Debian architecture tuple is the fully qualified architecture with all its "
6289 "components spelled out. This differs with Debian architectures in that at "
6290 "least the I<cpu> component does not embed the I<abi>. The current tuple has "
6291 "the form I<abi>-I<libc>-I<os>-I<cpu>. Examples: base-gnu-linux-amd64, "
6292 "eabihf-musl-linux-arm."
6296 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6298 msgid "Debian architecture wildcard"
6299 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6302 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6304 "A Debian architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will "
6305 "match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is a Debian "
6306 "architecture tuple with four or less elements, and with at least one of them "
6307 "being B<any>. Missing elements of the tuple are prefixed implicitly as "
6308 "B<any>, and thus the following pairs are equivalent:"
6312 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6313 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-B<any>-B<any> = B<any>"
6317 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6318 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-I<os>-B<any> = I<os>-B<any>"
6322 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6323 msgid "B<any>-I<libc>-B<any>-B<any> = I<libc>-B<any>-B<any>"
6327 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6329 "Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any, eabi-any-any-arm, musl-any-any."
6333 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6334 msgid "GNU system type"
6338 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6340 "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a "
6341 "hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i586-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i686-"
6342 "gnu, x86_64-netbsd."
6346 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6347 msgid "multiarch triplet"
6351 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6353 "The clarified GNU system type, used for filesystem paths. This triplet does "
6354 "not change even when the baseline ISA gets bumped, so that the resulting "
6355 "paths are stable over time. The only current difference with the GNU system "
6356 "type is that the CPU part for i386 based systems is always i386. Examples: "
6357 "i386-linux-gnu, x86_64-linux-gnu. Example paths: /lib/powerpc64le-linux-"
6358 "gnu/, /usr/lib/i386-kfreebsd-gnu/."
6362 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6365 msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE"
6368 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6370 "The following variables are read from the environment (unless B<--force> has "
6371 "been specified) and set by B<dpkg-architecture> (see the B<TERMS> section "
6372 "for a description of the naming scheme):"
6376 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
6377 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>"
6381 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6382 msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine."
6386 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6388 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6389 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ABI>"
6390 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6393 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6395 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6396 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6399 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6401 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6402 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_LIBC>"
6403 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6406 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6408 msgid "The Debian libc name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6409 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6412 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6413 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>"
6417 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6418 msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6422 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6423 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>"
6427 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6429 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6430 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6433 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6434 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>"
6438 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6439 msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6443 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6444 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6448 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6449 msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6453 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6454 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>"
6458 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6459 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6463 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6464 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6468 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6469 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6473 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6474 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>"
6478 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6479 msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine."
6483 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6484 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>"
6488 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6490 "The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem "
6491 "paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6495 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6496 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6497 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6499 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6500 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>"
6501 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6504 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6505 msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine."
6509 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6511 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6512 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ABI>"
6513 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6516 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6518 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6519 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6522 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6524 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6525 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_LIBC>"
6526 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6529 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6531 msgid "The Debian libc name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6532 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6535 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6536 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>"
6540 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6541 msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6545 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6546 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>"
6550 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6552 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6553 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
6556 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6557 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>"
6561 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6562 msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6566 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6567 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6571 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6572 msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6576 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6577 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>"
6581 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6582 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6586 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6587 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6591 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6592 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6596 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6597 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>"
6601 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6602 msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine."
6606 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6607 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>"
6611 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6613 "The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths "
6614 "(since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6618 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6620 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6621 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>"
6622 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6625 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6626 msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6630 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6632 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6633 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ABI>"
6634 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6637 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6639 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6640 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6643 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6645 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6646 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_LIBC>"
6647 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6650 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6652 msgid "The Debian libc name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6653 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6656 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6658 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6659 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>"
6660 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6663 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6664 msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6668 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6670 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6671 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>"
6672 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6675 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6677 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6678 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
6681 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6683 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6684 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>"
6685 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6688 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6689 msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6693 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6695 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6696 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6697 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6700 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6702 "The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6706 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6707 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>"
6711 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6712 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6716 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6717 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6721 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6722 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6726 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6727 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>"
6731 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6732 msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6736 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6738 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6739 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>"
6740 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6743 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6745 "The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem "
6746 "paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6750 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6752 msgid "Architecture tables"
6753 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
6756 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6758 "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their "
6759 "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable "
6760 "B<DPKG_DATADIR>. These tables contain a format B<Version> pseudo-field on "
6761 "their first line to mark their format, so that parsers can check if they "
6762 "understand it, such as \"# Version=1.0\"."
6766 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6768 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>"
6769 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6772 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6774 "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name. Format version 1.0 "
6775 "(since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6779 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6781 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>"
6782 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6785 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6787 "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name. Format "
6788 "version 2.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6792 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6794 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/tupletable>"
6795 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6798 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6800 "Mapping between Debian architecture tuples and Debian architecture names. "
6801 "Format version 1.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6805 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6807 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/abitable>"
6808 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6811 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6813 "Table of Debian architecture ABI attribute overrides. Format version 2.0 "
6814 "(since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6818 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6819 msgid "Packaging support"
6823 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6825 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>"
6826 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6829 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6831 "Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that "
6832 "B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
6836 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6838 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-"
6839 "architecture>. Other examples:"
6843 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6846 " CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build\n"
6851 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6854 " eval $(dpkg-architecture -u)\n"
6856 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6859 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6861 "Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an "
6866 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6869 " dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha\n"
6871 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6874 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6877 " dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips\n"
6879 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6882 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6883 msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:"
6887 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6890 " dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any\n"
6892 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6895 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6898 " dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any\n"
6900 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6903 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
6904 msgid "Usage in debian/rules"
6908 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6910 "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/"
6911 "rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
6912 "rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
6913 "should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> "
6914 "option. Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the "
6915 "cross compilation support in your package:"
6919 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6920 msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:"
6924 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6927 " DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6928 " DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6930 " ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n"
6931 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6933 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\\n"
6934 " --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
6937 " ./configure $(confflags)\n"
6942 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6943 msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:"
6947 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6950 " DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n"
6955 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6958 " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n"
6965 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6967 "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the "
6968 "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables."
6972 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6974 "Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set "
6975 "all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:"
6979 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6982 " include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n"
6984 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
6987 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6989 "In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get "
6990 "architecture information during a package build."
6994 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6995 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6996 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6997 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6998 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
6999 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
7000 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7001 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
7002 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
7005 msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE"
7008 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7010 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7011 msgid "B<DPKG_DATADIR>"
7012 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7015 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7017 "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory, where the "
7018 "architecture tables are located (since dpkg 1.14.17). Defaults to "
7023 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7024 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
7025 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
7026 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
7027 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
7028 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
7029 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7030 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
7031 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
7033 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7034 msgid "B<DPKG_COLORS>"
7035 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7038 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7039 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
7040 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
7041 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
7042 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod
7043 #: dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
7044 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
7046 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.18.5). The currently accepted values are: "
7047 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
7051 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7052 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
7053 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
7054 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
7055 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
7056 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
7057 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
7058 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
7060 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7062 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7065 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7066 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
7067 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
7068 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
7069 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7070 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
7072 "If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language "
7073 "Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support (since dpkg "
7074 "1.19.0). The accepted values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)."
7078 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7079 msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17."
7083 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7085 msgid "L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>."
7086 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
7089 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7090 msgid "dpkg-build-api - source package dpkg build API level"
7094 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7098 " dpkg-build-api (= 1),\n"
7103 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7105 "The source package dpkg build API level, defines a versioned interface for "
7106 "source packages, where each API level provides specific behaviors and "
7111 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7113 "These interfaces can then be adopted by packages in a gradual way, and "
7114 "phased out more easily than with global behavior changes."
7118 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7120 "The declaration of this API level is done through build-dependencies, in one "
7121 "of B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> or B<Build-Depends-Arch>, or via "
7122 "the environment variable B<DPKG_BUILD_API>, which will override these if "
7123 "both are present, and might emit a warning in case they are different."
7127 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7132 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7138 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7140 "This level is still under development, and cannot be declared via build-"
7145 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7150 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7152 msgid "This is the recommended level. Since dpkg 1.22.0."
7153 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
7156 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7157 msgid "Changes from v0 are:"
7161 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7163 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> no longer uses the B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment "
7164 "variable. The B<-l> option should be used instead."
7168 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7170 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> defaults to B<Rules-Requires-Root> value B<no>. To "
7171 "restore the B<v0> behavior B<Rules-Requires-Root> should be set to B<binary-"
7176 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7178 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> expects all required F<debian/rules> targets to be "
7179 "supported and no longer has backwards compatibility fallback code. The "
7180 "required targets are B<clean>, B<build>, B<build-indep>, B<build-arch>, "
7181 "B<binary-indep> and B<binary-arch>."
7185 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7187 "B<vendor.mk> defaults to using B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from_v1> for the "
7188 "B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from> macro. To restore the B<v0> behavior set "
7189 "B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from> to B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from_v0>."
7193 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7194 msgid "B<default.mk> defaults to including B<buildtools.mk>."
7198 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7204 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7206 "This is the current global level, equivalent to not specifying one. The "
7207 "interfaces and behaviors provided are subject to the normal global interface "
7208 "updates, which tend to require longer deprecation cycles and/or coordinated "
7213 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7215 msgid "L<deb-src-control(5)>."
7219 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7220 msgid "dpkg-buildapi - returns the build API level to use during package build"
7224 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7226 msgid "B<dpkg-buildapi> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
7227 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
7230 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7232 "B<dpkg-buildapi> is a tool to retrieve the L<dpkg-build-api(7)> level to use "
7233 "during build of source Debian packages."
7237 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7238 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.22.0."
7242 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
7243 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
7244 #: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
7250 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
7252 msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>"
7256 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7259 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
7260 "default is F<debian/control>."
7262 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
7263 "algo diferente do padrão."
7266 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7268 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7269 msgid "B<DPKG_BUILD_API>"
7270 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7273 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7275 "The build API level to use. This is intended to be used internally by the "
7276 "tools executed from F<debian/rules> to avoid having to parse F<debian/"
7277 "control> multiple times, and not to set the global build API level from "
7278 "F<debian/rules>, otherwise build drivers (such as L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>) "
7283 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
7285 "Sets the color mode. The currently accepted values are: B<auto> (default), "
7286 "B<always> and B<never>."
7290 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
7292 "If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language "
7293 "Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support. The accepted "
7294 "values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)."
7298 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7300 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
7301 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildapi.mk>"
7302 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
7305 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7306 msgid "Makefile snippet that will parse the build API level."
7310 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7311 msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build"
7315 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7317 msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
7318 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
7321 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7323 "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during "
7324 "build of Debian packages."
7328 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7330 "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/"
7331 "overridden in several ways:"
7335 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7340 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7341 msgid "system-wide with B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;"
7345 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7351 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7353 "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where "
7354 "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;"
7358 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7363 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7365 "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section L</"
7370 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7375 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7377 "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via "
7378 "B<debian/rules> (see section L</ENVIRONMENT>)."
7382 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7383 msgid "The configuration files can contain four types of directives:"
7387 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7389 msgid "B<SET> I<flag> I<value>"
7390 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7393 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7394 msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>."
7398 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7400 msgid "B<STRIP> I<flag> I<value>"
7401 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7404 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7406 "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>. "
7407 "Since dpkg 1.16.1."
7411 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7413 msgid "B<APPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7414 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7417 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7419 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A "
7420 "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-"
7425 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7427 msgid "B<PREPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7428 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7431 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7433 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. "
7434 "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is "
7435 "non-empty. Since dpkg 1.16.1."
7439 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7441 "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash "
7442 "(#). Empty lines are also ignored."
7446 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7447 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.15.7."
7451 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7454 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
7457 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7459 "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints "
7460 "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign "
7461 "(“I<flag>=I<value>”). This is the default action."
7465 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7471 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7473 "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See "
7474 "the L</SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them."
7478 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7481 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
7484 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7486 "Display any information that can be useful to explain the behavior of B<dpkg-"
7487 "buildflags> (since dpkg 1.16.5): relevant environment variables, current "
7488 "vendor, state of all feature flags. Also print the resulting compiler flags "
7489 "with their origin."
7493 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7495 "This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps "
7496 "a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose "
7497 "problems related to them."
7501 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7503 msgid "B<--export=>I<format>"
7504 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
7507 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7509 "Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the "
7510 "compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not "
7511 "given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case "
7512 "character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the "
7513 "environment. Supported formats:"
7517 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7522 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7524 "Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7525 "environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for "
7526 "evaluation by a shell."
7530 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7535 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7537 "Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the "
7538 "compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell "
7543 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7545 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
7546 msgid "B<configure>"
7547 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
7550 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7551 msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>."
7555 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7560 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7562 "Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7563 "environment. Output can be written to a Makefile fragment and evaluated "
7564 "using an B<include> directive."
7568 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7570 msgid "B<--get> I<flag>"
7571 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
7574 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7576 "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is "
7577 "known otherwise exits with 1."
7581 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7583 msgid "B<--origin> I<flag>"
7584 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
7587 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7589 "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if "
7590 "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the "
7595 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7598 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
7601 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7602 msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;"
7606 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7612 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7613 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;"
7617 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7623 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7624 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;"
7628 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7634 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7635 msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration."
7639 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7645 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7647 "Print any information that can be useful to explain the behavior of the "
7648 "program: current vendor, relevant environment variables, feature areas, "
7649 "state of all feature flags, whether a feature is handled as a builtin "
7650 "default by the compiler (since dpkg 1.21.14), and the compiler flags with "
7651 "their origin (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
7655 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7656 msgid "For example:"
7660 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7665 " DEB_CFLAGS_SET=-O0 -Wall\n"
7670 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7682 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7685 " Area: hardening\n"
7694 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7697 " Area: reproducible\n"
7705 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7709 " Value: -O0 -Wall\n"
7715 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7719 " Value: -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2\n"
7725 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7727 msgid "B<--query-features> I<area>"
7728 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
7731 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7733 "Print the features enabled for a given area (since dpkg 1.16.2). If the "
7734 "feature is handled (even if only on some architectures) as a builtin default "
7735 "by the compiler, then a B<Builtin> field is printed (since dpkg 1.21.14). "
7736 "See the L</FEATURE AREAS> section for more details about the currently "
7737 "recognized areas. Exits with 0 if the area is known otherwise exits with 1."
7741 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7743 "The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature. For example:"
7747 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7757 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7760 " Feature: stackprotector\n"
7766 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7767 msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS"
7771 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7777 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7779 "Options for the host assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.21.0."
7783 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7789 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7791 "Options for the host C compiler. The default value set by the vendor "
7792 "includes B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> "
7793 "if the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)."
7797 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7802 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7803 msgid "Options for the host C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
7807 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7812 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7813 msgid "Options for the host C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
7817 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7819 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>"
7823 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7825 "Options for the host Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>. Since dpkg "
7830 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7832 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"
7836 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7838 "Options for the host Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>. Since "
7843 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7849 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7850 msgid "Options for the host D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.20.6."
7854 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7859 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7860 msgid "Options for the host Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
7864 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7870 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7872 "Options for the host Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>. Since dpkg "
7877 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7882 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7884 "Options passed to the host compiler when linking executables or shared "
7885 "objects (if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be "
7886 "stripped from these options). Default value: empty."
7890 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7892 msgid "B<ASFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7896 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7898 "Options for the build assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7902 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7904 msgid "B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7908 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7910 "Options for the build C compiler. The default value set by the vendor "
7911 "includes B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> "
7912 "if the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>). Since "
7917 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7919 msgid "B<CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7923 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7925 "Options for the build C preprocessor. Default value: empty. Since dpkg "
7930 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7932 msgid "B<CXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7936 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7938 "Options for the build C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since "
7943 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7945 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7949 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7951 "Options for the build Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. "
7952 "Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7956 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7958 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7962 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7964 "Options for the build Objective C++ compiler. Same as "
7965 "B<CXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7969 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7971 msgid "B<DFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7975 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7976 msgid "Options for the build D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7980 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7982 msgid "B<FFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7986 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7988 "Options for the build Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of "
7989 "B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
7993 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7995 msgid "B<FCFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
7999 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8001 "Options for the build Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. "
8002 "Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8006 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8008 msgid "B<LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8012 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8014 "Options passed to the build compiler when linking executables or shared "
8015 "objects (if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be "
8016 "stripped from these options). Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8020 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8022 "New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to "
8023 "support other languages)."
8027 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8028 msgid "FEATURE AREAS"
8032 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8034 "Feature areas are currently vendor specific, and the ones described below "
8035 "are only recognized on Debian and derivatives."
8039 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8041 "Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
8042 "and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the "
8043 "‘B<+>’ and ‘B<->’ modifier. Following the general syntax of these variables "
8044 "(described in L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>), multiple feature areas can be "
8045 "specified separated by spaces, where each get feature specifiers as "
8046 "mandatory parameters after an equal sign (‘B<=>’). The feature specifiers "
8047 "are comma-separated and parsed from left to right, where the settings within "
8048 "the same feature specifier override previous ones, even if the feature "
8049 "specifiers are split across multiple space-separated feature area settings "
8050 "for the same area."
8054 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8056 "For example, to enable the B<hardening> “pie” feature and disable the "
8057 "“fortify” feature you can do this in B<debian/rules>:"
8061 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8064 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=+pie,-fortify\n"
8069 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8071 "The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or "
8072 "disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in "
8073 "the B<hardening> area and enabling only “format” and “fortify” can be "
8078 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8081 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n"
8086 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8087 msgid "Multiple feature areas can be set:"
8091 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8094 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=+pie abi=+lfs\n"
8099 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8101 "The override behavior applies as much to the B<all> special feature, as to "
8102 "specific features, which should allow for composition. Thus to enable “lfs” "
8103 "in the B<abi> area, and only “pie” and “fortify” in the B<hardening> area, "
8104 "but “format” only when CONDITION is defined, this could be done with:"
8108 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8111 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=-all,+pie,+format abi=+lfs\n"
8113 " DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS += hardening=+fortify\n"
8114 " ifdef CONDITION\n"
8115 " DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS += hardening=-format\n"
8121 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8126 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8128 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
8129 "that can change the ABI of a package, but cannot be enabled by default due "
8130 "to backwards compatibility reasons unless coordinated or checked "
8135 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8140 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8142 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; disabled by default) enables Large File "
8143 "Support on 32-bit architectures where their ABI does not include LFS by "
8144 "default, by adding B<-D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64> to "
8149 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8151 "When this feature is enabled it will override the value from the same "
8152 "feature in the B<future> feature area."
8156 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8159 msgstr "B<installed>"
8162 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8164 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default except for i386, hurd-"
8165 "i386 and kfreebsd-i386 since dpkg 1.22.5) enables 64-bit time_t support on "
8166 "32-bit architectures where their ABI does not include it by default, by "
8167 "adding B<-D_TIME_BITS=64> to B<CPPFLAGS>. This setting automatically "
8168 "enables the B<lfs> feature from the B<abi> feature area."
8172 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8174 "If the setting is enabled explicitly then it gets enabled on all "
8175 "architectures including i386 but not hurd-i386 nor kfreebsd-i386 (where the "
8176 "kernel does not have time64 interfaces), ignoring the binary backwards "
8177 "compatibility default."
8181 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8183 "It is also enabled by default by gcc on the armel, armhf, hppa, m68k, mips, "
8184 "mipsel, powerpc and sh4 Debian architectures, where disabling the feature "
8185 "will add instead B<-U_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -U_FILE_OFFSET_BITS -U_TIME_BITS> to "
8190 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8195 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8197 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
8198 "that should be enabled by default, but cannot due to backwards compatibility "
8203 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8205 "This setting (since dpkg 1.19.0; disabled by default) is now an alias for "
8206 "the B<lfs> feature in the B<abi> area, use that instead. The feature from "
8207 "the B<abi> area overrides this setting."
8211 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8216 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8218 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect "
8219 "problems in the source code or build system."
8223 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8224 msgid "B<bug-implicit-func>"
8228 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8230 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.3; enabled by default since dpkg 1.22.6) adds "
8231 "B<-Werror=implicit-function-declaration> to B<CFLAGS>."
8235 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8238 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
8241 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8243 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.4; disabled by default) adds any warning "
8244 "option that reliably detects problematic source code. The warnings are "
8245 "fatal. The only currently supported flags are B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS> "
8246 "with flags set to B<-Werror=array-bounds>, B<-Werror=clobbered>, B<-"
8247 "Werror=implicit-function-declaration> and B<-Werror=volatile-register-var>."
8251 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8253 "This feature handles B<-Werror=implicit-function-declaration> via the B<bug-"
8254 "implicit-func> feature, if that has not been specified."
8258 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8263 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8265 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.14; disabled by default) adds dummy canary "
8266 "options to the build flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how "
8267 "the build flags propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build "
8268 "flag settings. The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, "
8269 "B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to B<-"
8270 "D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to B<-Wl,-z,deb-"
8271 "canary->I<random-id>."
8275 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8280 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8282 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help optimize a "
8283 "resulting binary (since dpkg 1.21.0). B<Note>: Enabling B<all> these "
8284 "options can result in unreproducible binary artifacts."
8288 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8293 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8295 "This setting (since dpkg 1.21.0; disabled by default) enables Link Time "
8296 "Optimization by adding B<-flto=auto -ffat-lto-objects> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8297 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<FCFLAGS> and "
8302 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8307 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8309 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help sanitize a "
8310 "resulting binary against memory corruptions, memory leaks, use after free, "
8311 "threading data races and undefined behavior bugs. B<Note>: These options "
8312 "should B<not> be used for production builds as they can reduce reliability "
8313 "for conformant code, reduce security or even functionality."
8317 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8322 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8324 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8325 "fsanitize=address> to B<LDFLAGS> and B<-fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-"
8326 "pointer> to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>."
8330 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8333 msgstr "B<installed>"
8336 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8338 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8339 "fsanitize=thread> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
8343 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8348 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8350 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8351 "fsanitize=leak> to B<LDFLAGS>. It gets automatically disabled if either the "
8352 "B<address> or the B<thread> features are enabled, as they imply it."
8356 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8358 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
8359 msgid "B<undefined>"
8360 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
8363 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8365 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8366 "fsanitize=undefined> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
8370 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8375 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8377 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a "
8378 "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional "
8379 "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are "
8380 "enabled by default for architectures that support them."
8384 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8387 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
8390 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8392 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -"
8393 "Werror=format-security> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and "
8394 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. This will warn about improper format string uses, and will "
8395 "fail when format functions are used in a way that represent possible "
8396 "security problems. At present, this warns about calls to B<printf> and "
8397 "B<scanf> functions where the format string is not a string literal and there "
8398 "are no format arguments, as in B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", "
8399 "foo);> This may be a security hole if the format string came from untrusted "
8400 "input and contains ‘%n’."
8404 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8409 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8411 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-"
8412 "D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler "
8413 "knows a great deal of information about buffer sizes (where possible), and "
8414 "attempts to replace insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with "
8415 "length-limited ones. This is especially useful for old, crufty code. "
8416 "Additionally, format strings in writable memory that contain ‘%n’ are "
8417 "blocked. If an application depends on such a format string, it will need to "
8422 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8424 "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be "
8425 "compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable "
8426 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be "
8427 "disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later."
8431 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8432 msgid "B<stackprotector>"
8436 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8438 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong "
8439 "is not in use) adds B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to "
8440 "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and "
8441 "B<FCFLAGS>. This adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders "
8442 "many potential code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best "
8443 "case this turns code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or "
8444 "into non-issues (depending on the application)."
8448 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8450 "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of "
8451 "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-"
8452 "nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar."
8456 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8457 msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>"
8461 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8463 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.11; enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-"
8464 "protector-strong> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, "
8465 "B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, "
8466 "but without significant performance penalties."
8470 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8471 msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting."
8475 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8477 "This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition "
8478 "also requires gcc 4.9 and later."
8482 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8484 msgid "B<stackclash>"
8485 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
8488 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8490 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-clash-"
8491 "protection> on B<amd64>, B<arm64>, B<armhf> and B<armel> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8492 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
8493 "adds code to prevent stack clash style attacks."
8497 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8502 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8504 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default) adds B<-fcf-protection> "
8505 "on B<amd64> and B<-mbranch-protection=standard> on B<arm64> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8506 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
8507 "adds branch protection to indirect calls, jumps and returns to check whether "
8508 "these are valid at run-time."
8512 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8519 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8521 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to "
8522 "B<LDFLAGS>. During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be "
8523 "written to by the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-"
8524 "only before turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents "
8525 "GOT overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become "
8530 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8535 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8537 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to "
8538 "B<LDFLAGS>. During program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing "
8539 "for the entire PLT to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The "
8540 "option cannot become enabled if B<relro> is not enabled."
8544 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8549 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8551 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; with no global default since dpkg 1.18.23, "
8552 "as it is enabled by default now by gcc on the amd64, arm64, armel, armhf, "
8553 "hurd-i386, i386, kfreebsd-amd64, kfreebsd-i386, mips, mipsel, mips64el, "
8554 "powerpc, ppc64, ppc64el, riscv64, s390x, sparc and sparc64 Debian "
8555 "architectures) adds the required options to enable or disable PIE via gcc "
8556 "specs files, if needed, depending on whether gcc injects on that "
8557 "architecture the flags by itself or not. When the setting is enabled and "
8558 "gcc injects the flags, it adds nothing. When the setting is enabled and gcc "
8559 "does not inject the flags, it adds B<-fPIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-compiler."
8560 "specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> "
8561 "and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-link.specs>) to "
8562 "B<LDFLAGS>. When the setting is disabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds "
8563 "B<-fno-PIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-compile.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, "
8564 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-"
8565 "fno-PIE -no-pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-link.specs>) to B<LDFLAGS>."
8569 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8571 "Position Independent Executable (PIE) is needed to take advantage of Address "
8572 "Space Layout Randomization (ASLR), supported by some kernel versions. While "
8573 "ASLR can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and "
8574 "mmap), the code areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared "
8575 "libraries already do this (B<-fPIC>), so they gain ASLR automatically, but "
8576 "binary .text regions need to be built as PIE to gain ASLR. When this "
8577 "happens, ROP (Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since "
8578 "there are no static locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption "
8583 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8585 "PIE is not compatible with B<-fPIC>, so in general care must be taken when "
8586 "building shared objects. But because the PIE flags emitted get injected via "
8587 "gcc specs files, it should always be safe to unconditionally set them "
8588 "regardless of the object type being compiled or linked."
8592 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8594 "Static libraries can be used by programs or other shared libraries. "
8595 "Depending on the flags used to compile all the objects within a static "
8596 "library, these libraries will be usable by different sets of objects:"
8600 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8605 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8606 msgid "Cannot be linked into a PIE program, nor a shared library."
8610 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8616 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8617 msgid "Can be linked into any program, but not a shared library (recommended)."
8621 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8627 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8628 msgid "Can be linked into any program and shared library."
8632 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8634 "If there is a need to set these flags manually, bypassing the gcc specs "
8635 "injection, there are several things to take into account. Unconditionally "
8636 "and explicitly passing B<-fPIE>, B<-fpie> or B<-pie> to a build-system using "
8637 "libtool is safe as these flags will get stripped when building shared "
8638 "libraries. Otherwise on projects that build both programs and shared "
8639 "libraries you might need to make sure that when building the shared "
8640 "libraries B<-fPIC> is always passed last (so that it overrides any previous "
8641 "B<-PIE>) to compilation flags such as B<CFLAGS>, and B<-shared> is passed "
8642 "last (so that it overrides any previous B<-pie>) to linking flags such as "
8643 "B<LDFLAGS>. B<Note>: This should not be needed with the default gcc specs "
8648 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8650 "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some register "
8651 "starved architectures (but not including i386 anymore since optimizations "
8652 "implemented in gcc E<gt>= 5) can see performance losses of up to 15% in very "
8653 "text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than 1%. "
8654 "Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as high a "
8655 "worst-case penalty."
8659 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8660 msgid "reproducible"
8664 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8666 "The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build "
8667 "reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during compilation. "
8668 "Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for architectures that "
8673 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8676 msgstr "B<installed>"
8679 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8681 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.14; enabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to "
8682 "B<CPPFLAGS>. This will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and "
8683 "B<__TIMESTAMP__> macros are used."
8687 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8689 msgid "B<fixfilepath>"
8690 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
8693 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8695 "This setting (since dpkg 1.19.1; enabled by default) adds B<-ffile-prefix-"
8696 "map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
8697 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the "
8698 "top-level directory of the package being built. This has the effect of "
8699 "removing the build path from any generated file."
8703 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8705 "If both B<fixdebugpath> and B<fixfilepath> are set, this option takes "
8706 "precedence, because it is a superset of the former."
8710 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8712 "B<Note>: If the build process captures the build flags into the resulting "
8713 "built objects, that will make the package unreproducible. And while "
8714 "disabling this option might make some of the objects reproducible again this "
8715 "would also require disabling B<fixdebugpath>, which might make any generated "
8716 "debug symbols objects unreproducible. The ideal fix is to stop capturing "
8721 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8723 msgid "B<fixdebugpath>"
8724 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
8727 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8729 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.5; enabled by default) adds B<-fdebug-prefix-"
8730 "map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
8731 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the "
8732 "top-level directory of the package being built. This has the effect of "
8733 "removing the build path from any generated debug symbols."
8737 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8739 "B<Note>: This feature has similar reproducible properties as B<fixfilepath>."
8743 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8745 "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the "
8746 "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. "
8747 "It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with "
8748 "different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only "
8749 "be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting "
8754 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8755 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>"
8759 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8760 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8764 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8766 "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>."
8770 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8771 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8775 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8776 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8780 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8782 "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that "
8783 "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>."
8787 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8788 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>"
8792 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8793 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8797 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8799 "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value "
8800 "returned for the given I<flag>."
8804 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8805 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8809 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8810 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8814 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8816 "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value "
8817 "returned for the given I<flag>."
8821 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
8822 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>"
8826 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8827 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8831 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8833 "These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable "
8834 "various area features that affect build flags. The "
8835 "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the "
8836 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas. See the L</FEATURE AREAS> section for "
8841 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
8842 msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>"
8846 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
8848 "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
8849 "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
8853 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8855 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
8856 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PATH>"
8857 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
8860 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8862 "This variable sets the build path (since dpkg 1.18.8) to use in features "
8863 "such as B<fixdebugpath> so that they can be controlled by the caller. This "
8864 "variable is currently Debian and derivatives-specific."
8868 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8870 "Sets the host architecture. This affects the build flags that are emitted, "
8871 "which is typically relevant when cross-compiling, where B<DEB_HOST_ARCH> is "
8872 "different to B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>."
8876 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8878 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
8879 msgid "Configuration files"
8880 msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões."
8883 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8885 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8886 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>"
8887 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8890 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8891 msgid "System wide configuration file."
8895 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8897 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8898 msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or"
8899 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8902 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8904 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8905 msgid "B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
8906 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8909 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
8910 msgid "User configuration file."
8914 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8916 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8917 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>"
8918 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
8921 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8923 "Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported "
8924 "by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
8928 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8929 msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a Makefile:"
8933 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8936 " $(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
8941 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8944 " ./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
8949 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8951 "To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, B<eval> can be used "
8952 "to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:"
8956 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8959 " eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n"
8964 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8965 msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:"
8969 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8972 " eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n"
8973 " for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n"
8978 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8980 "You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the "
8981 "B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build "
8982 "system. Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg "
8983 "1.16.1) exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely "
8984 "on this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>."
8988 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8990 "For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant "
8991 "options to configure or L<make(1)> directly, as shown above."
8995 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8997 "For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about "
8998 "which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include "
8999 "B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and "
9000 "storing the build flags in make variables."
9004 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9006 "If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be "
9007 "picked up by your build system):"
9011 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9014 " DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n"
9015 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9020 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9022 "For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the "
9023 "variables (as none are exported by default):"
9027 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9030 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9031 " export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n"
9036 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9037 msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:"
9041 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9044 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9046 " \t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n"
9051 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9052 msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources"
9056 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9059 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...] [B<-->] [I<filename>.dsc|I<directory>]"
9060 msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--auto> I<nome>"
9063 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9065 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a "
9070 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9072 "The I<filename>.dsc and I<directory> arguments are supported since dpkg "
9073 "1.22.7. Their semantics are experimental."
9077 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9079 #| msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
9080 msgid "It consists of the following steps:"
9081 msgstr "A instalação consiste dos seguintes passos:"
9084 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9090 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9092 "It runs the B<preinit> hook before reading any source file. If a B<.dsc> "
9093 "file has been specified it unpacks it anew and changes directory to it, if a "
9094 "I<directory> has been specified it changes directory to it, otherwise it "
9095 "expects the current directory to contain the source tree. It prepares the "
9096 "build environment by setting various environment variables (see "
9097 "B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source --before-"
9098 "build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)."
9102 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9108 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9110 "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied "
9111 "(unless B<-d> or B<--no-check-builddeps> is specified)."
9115 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9121 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9123 "If one or more specific targets have been selected with the B<-T> or B<--"
9124 "target> option, it calls those targets and stops here. Otherwise it runs "
9125 "the B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the "
9126 "build-tree (unless B<-nc> or B<--no-pre-clean> is specified)."
9130 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9136 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9138 "It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the "
9139 "source package (if a B<source> build has been requested with B<--build> or "
9140 "equivalent options, and if no B<.dsc> has been specified)."
9144 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9150 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9152 "It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then "
9153 "runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> I<binary-"
9154 "target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<--"
9155 "build=source> or equivalent options). Note that I<build-target> and "
9156 "I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> (default case, or if an "
9157 "B<any> and B<all> build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent "
9158 "options), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-arch> (if an B<any> and not B<all> "
9159 "build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options), or B<build-"
9160 "indep> and B<binary-indep> (if an B<all> and not B<any> build has been "
9161 "requested with B<--build> or equivalent options)."
9165 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9171 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9173 "It runs the B<buildinfo> hook and calls B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> to generate a "
9174 "B<.buildinfo> file. Several B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to "
9175 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>. If a I<.dsc> has been specified, then it will be "
9176 "referenced in the generated B<.buildinfo> file, as we can ascertain the "
9177 "provenance of the source tree."
9181 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9187 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9189 "It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<."
9190 "changes> file. The name of the B<.changes> file will depend on the type of "
9191 "build and will be as specific as necessary but not more; the name will be:"
9195 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9197 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.changes>"
9198 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
9201 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9203 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.changes>"
9204 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
9207 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9209 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.changes>."
9210 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
9213 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9214 msgid "Many B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
9218 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9224 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9226 "It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> or B<--post-clean> is specified, "
9227 "it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again."
9231 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9237 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9238 msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>."
9242 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9247 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9249 "It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> "
9250 "file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with B<--check-"
9255 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9260 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9262 "It runs the B<sign> hook and signs using the OpenPGP backend (as long as it "
9263 "is not an UNRELEASED build, or B<--no-sign> is specified) to sign the B<."
9264 "dsc> file (if any, unless B<-us> or B<--unsigned-source> is specified), the "
9265 "B<.buildinfo> file (unless B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc> or B<--"
9266 "unsigned-changes> is specified) and the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> or "
9267 "B<--unsigned-changes> is specified)."
9271 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9276 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9278 "If a B<.dsc> file has been specified, it removes the extracted source "
9283 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9288 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9289 msgid "It runs the B<done> hook."
9293 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9296 "All long options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg-"
9297 "buildpackage> system and user configuration files. Each line in the "
9298 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
9299 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
9302 "Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no "
9303 "arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Cada "
9304 "linha no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da "
9305 "linha de comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma "
9309 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9311 msgid "B<--build=>I<type>"
9312 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
9315 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9317 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
9318 "dpkg 1.18.5). All the specified components get combined to select the "
9319 "single build type to use, which implies a single build run with a single F<."
9320 "changes> file generated. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
9324 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9325 msgid "The allowed values are:"
9329 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9332 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
9335 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9337 msgid "Builds the source package."
9338 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
9341 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9343 "B<Note>: When using this value standalone and if what you want is simply to "
9344 "(re-)build the source package from a clean source tree, using B<dpkg-source> "
9345 "directly is always a better option as it does not require any build "
9346 "dependencies to be installed which are otherwise needed to be able to call "
9347 "the B<clean> target."
9351 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9356 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9357 msgid "Builds the architecture specific binary packages."
9361 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9367 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9368 msgid "Builds the architecture independent binary packages."
9372 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9374 "Builds the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
9375 "an alias for B<any,all>."
9379 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9384 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9386 "Builds everything. This is an alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as "
9387 "the default case when no build option is specified."
9391 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9396 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9397 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,all> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
9401 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg.pod
9406 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9407 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,any> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
9411 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9417 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9418 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=binary> or B<--build=any,all>."
9422 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9428 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9429 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=any>."
9433 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9439 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9440 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=all>."
9444 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9450 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9451 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source>."
9455 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9460 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9462 "Equivalent to B<--build=full>, B<--build=source,binary> or B<--build=source,"
9463 "any,all> (since dpkg 1.15.8)."
9467 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9469 msgid "B<--target=>I<target>[,...]"
9470 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
9473 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9475 msgid "B<--target> I<target>[,...]"
9476 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
9479 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9481 msgid "B<-T>, B<--rules-target=>I<target>[,...]"
9482 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
9485 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9487 "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> once per target specified, after having "
9488 "setup the build environment (except for calling B<dpkg-source --before-"
9489 "build>), and stops the package build process here (since dpkg 1.15.0, long "
9490 "option since dpkg 1.18.8, multi-target support since dpkg 1.18.16). If B<--"
9491 "as-root> is also given, then the command is executed as root (see B<--root-"
9492 "command>). Note that known targets that are required to be run as root do "
9493 "not need this option (i.e. the B<clean>, B<binary>, B<binary-arch> and "
9494 "B<binary-indep> targets)."
9498 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9500 msgid "B<--as-root>"
9504 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9506 "Only meaningful together with B<--target> (since dpkg 1.15.0). Requires "
9507 "that the target be run with root rights."
9511 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9517 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9523 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9529 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
9530 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
9532 msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
9533 msgstr "B<--version>"
9536 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9538 msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>"
9539 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
9542 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9543 msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>"
9547 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9548 msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>"
9552 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9553 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9557 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9559 msgid "B<--build-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
9560 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9563 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9565 msgid "B<--source-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
9566 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9569 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9570 msgid "Pass as B<-m> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9574 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9576 msgid "B<--release-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
9577 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9580 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9582 msgid "B<--changed-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
9583 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9586 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9587 msgid "Pass as B<-e> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9591 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9593 "Specify the Debian architecture we build for (long option since dpkg "
9594 "1.17.17). The architecture of the machine we build on is determined "
9595 "automatically, and is also the default for the host machine."
9599 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9601 "Specify the GNU system type we build for (long option since dpkg 1.17.17). "
9602 "It can be used in place of B<--host-arch> or as a complement to override the "
9603 "default GNU system type of the host Debian architecture."
9607 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9609 msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
9610 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9613 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9615 "Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for (since "
9616 "dpkg 1.17.17). The default value is the host machine."
9620 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9622 msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
9623 msgstr "B<--version>"
9626 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9628 "Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for (since dpkg "
9629 "1.17.17). It can be used in place of B<--target-arch> or as a complement to "
9630 "override the default GNU system type of the target Debian architecture."
9634 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9636 msgid "B<-P>, B<--build-profiles=>I<profile>[B<,>...]"
9640 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9642 "Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list (since dpkg "
9643 "1.17.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The default behavior is to build "
9644 "for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space separated list) as the "
9645 "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which allows, for example, "
9646 "B<debian/rules> files to use this information for conditional builds."
9650 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9652 msgid "B<-j>, B<--jobs>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9653 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
9656 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9658 "Specifies the number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously (since dpkg "
9659 "1.14.7, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The number of jobs matching the "
9660 "number of online processors if B<auto> is specified (since dpkg 1.17.10), or "
9661 "unlimited number if I<jobs> is not specified. The default behavior is "
9662 "B<auto> (since dpkg 1.18.11) in non-forced mode (since dpkg 1.21.10), and as "
9663 "such it is always safer to use with any package including those that are not "
9664 "parallel-build safe. Setting the number of jobs to B<1> will restore serial "
9669 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9671 "Will add B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> to the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
9672 "environment variable which allows debian/rules files to opt-in to use this "
9673 "information for their own purposes. The I<jobs> value will override the "
9674 "B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> option in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
9675 "environment variable. Note that the B<auto> value will get replaced by the "
9676 "actual number of currently active processors, and as such will not get "
9677 "propagated to any child process. If the number of online processors cannot "
9678 "be inferred then the code will fallback to using serial execution (since "
9679 "dpkg 1.18.15), although this should only happen on exotic and unsupported "
9684 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9686 msgid "B<-J>, B<--jobs-try>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9687 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
9690 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9692 "This option (since dpkg 1.18.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8) is equivalent "
9693 "to the B<-j> above."
9697 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9699 "Since the behavior for B<-j> changed in dpkg 1.21.10 to the opt-in mode, you "
9700 "can use this option instead if you need to guarantee semantics across dpkg "
9705 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9707 msgid "B<--jobs-force>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9708 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
9711 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9713 "This option (since dpkg 1.21.10) is equivalent to the B<--jobs> option "
9714 "except that it will enable forced parallel mode, by adding the B<make> B<-j> "
9715 "option with the computed number of parallel jobs to the B<MAKEFLAGS> "
9716 "environment variable."
9720 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9722 "This should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option, "
9723 "thus forcing the parallel setting on the packaging (and possibly the "
9724 "upstream build system if that uses L<make(1)>) regardless of their support "
9725 "for parallel builds, which might cause build failures."
9729 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9731 "B<Note>: Any Makefile that is not parallel-safe should be considered to be "
9732 "buggy. These should either be made parallel-safe, or marked as not being "
9733 "safe with the L<make(1)> B<.NOTPARALLEL> target."
9737 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9739 msgid "B<-D>, B<--check-builddeps>"
9743 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9745 "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied (long option "
9746 "since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the default behavior."
9750 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9752 msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-check-builddeps>"
9753 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9756 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9759 "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts (long option since dpkg "
9761 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
9764 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9766 msgid "B<--ignore-builtin-builddeps>"
9767 msgstr "B<--version>"
9770 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9772 "Do not check built-in build dependencies and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). "
9773 "These are the distribution specific implicit build dependencies usually "
9774 "required in a build environment, the so called Build-Essential package set."
9778 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9780 msgid "B<--rules-requires-root>"
9784 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9786 "Do not honor the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field, falling back to its legacy "
9787 "default value (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
9791 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9793 msgid "B<-nc>, B<--no-pre-clean>"
9794 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9797 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9799 "Do not clean the source tree before building (long option since dpkg "
9800 "1.18.8). Implies B<-b> if nothing else has been selected among B<-F>, B<-"
9801 "g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>. Implies B<-d> with B<-S> (since dpkg "
9806 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9808 msgid "B<--pre-clean>"
9809 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
9812 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9815 "Clean the source tree before building (since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the "
9817 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
9820 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9822 msgid "B<-tc>, B<--post-clean>"
9823 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9826 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9828 "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) "
9829 "after the package has been built (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
9833 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9835 msgid "B<--no-post-clean>"
9836 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9839 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9841 "Do not clean the source tree after the package has been built (since dpkg "
9842 "1.19.1). This is the default behavior."
9846 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9848 msgid "B<--sanitize-env>"
9849 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
9852 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9854 "Sanitize the build environment (since dpkg 1.20.0). This will reset or "
9855 "remove environment variables, umask, and any other process attributes that "
9856 "might otherwise adversely affect the build of packages. Because the "
9857 "official entry point to build packages is B<debian/rules>, packages cannot "
9858 "rely on these settings being in place, and thus should work even when they "
9859 "are not. What to sanitize is vendor specific."
9863 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9865 msgid "B<-r>, B<--root-command=>I<gain-root-command>"
9866 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
9869 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9871 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
9872 "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
9873 "has been specified (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Otherwise, if none has "
9874 "been specified, B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is "
9875 "present. I<gain-root-command> should start with the name of a program on "
9876 "the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run "
9877 "and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include "
9878 "parameters (they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. "
9879 "I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or "
9880 "B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell "
9881 "with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be "
9886 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9888 msgid "B<-R>, B<--rules-file=>I<rules-file>"
9889 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
9892 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9894 "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a "
9895 "command with several standard parameters (since dpkg 1.14.17, long option "
9896 "since dpkg 1.18.8). With this option it's possible to use another program "
9897 "invocation to build the package (it can include space separated "
9898 "parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard rules "
9899 "file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/make -"
9900 "f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)."
9904 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9905 msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>"
9909 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9911 "Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built "
9912 "referenced in the file (since dpkg 1.17.6). The command should take the B<."
9913 "changes> pathname as an argument. This command will usually be B<lintian>."
9917 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9919 msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>"
9920 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
9923 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9925 "Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with "
9926 "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command> (since dpkg 1.17.6). Can be used "
9931 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9932 msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>"
9936 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9938 "Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which "
9939 "will run at the times specified in the run steps (since dpkg 1.17.6). The "
9940 "hooks will always be executed even if the following action is not performed "
9941 "(except for the B<binary> hook). All the hooks will run in the unpacked "
9946 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9948 "Some hooks can receive addition information through environment variables "
9949 "(since dpkg 1.22.0). All hooks get the hook name in the "
9950 "B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_NAME> environment variable (since dpkg 1.22.0)."
9954 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9956 "B<Note>: Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if "
9957 "their commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences."
9961 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9962 msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:"
9966 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9968 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
9970 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
9973 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9975 #| msgid "B<install>"
9980 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9983 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
9986 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9988 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_SOURCE_OPTIONS> with the space-separated lists "
9989 "of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-source> call."
9993 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9995 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BUILD_TARGET> with the name of the B<debian/"
9996 "rules> build target called. Before dpkg 1.22.7 the variable was only set if "
9997 "the target was called."
10001 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10003 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BINARY_TARGET> with the name of the B<debian/"
10004 "rules> binary target called, but only if called."
10008 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10010 msgid "B<buildinfo>"
10011 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10014 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10016 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BUILDINFO_OPTIONS> with the space-separated "
10017 "lists of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> call."
10021 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10027 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10029 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_CHANGES_OPTIONS> with the space-separated "
10030 "lists of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-genchanges> call."
10034 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10036 msgid "B<postclean>"
10037 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
10040 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10042 #| msgid "B<--nocheck>"
10044 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10047 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10049 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_CHECK_OPTIONS> with the space-separated lists "
10050 "of options that will passed to the check command call."
10054 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10057 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10060 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10065 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10067 "The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which "
10068 "will get applied to it before execution:"
10072 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10077 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10078 msgid "A single % character."
10082 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10087 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10089 "A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being "
10094 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10099 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
10101 msgid "The source package name."
10102 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
10105 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10110 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10111 msgid "The source package version."
10115 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10120 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10121 msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)."
10125 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10130 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10132 msgid "The upstream version."
10133 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
10136 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10138 msgid "B<--buildinfo-file=>I<filename>"
10139 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
10142 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10145 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
10146 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
10149 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10151 msgid "B<--buildinfo-option=>I<opt>"
10152 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
10155 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10157 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> (since dpkg 1.18.11). Can be "
10158 "used multiple times."
10162 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10164 msgid "B<--sign-backend=>I<sign-backend>"
10165 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
10168 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10170 "Specify an OpenPGP backend interface to use when invoking the I<sign-"
10171 "command> (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10175 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10177 "The default is B<auto>, where the best current backend available will be "
10178 "used. The specific OpenPGP backends supported in order of preference are:"
10182 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10185 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10188 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10189 msgid "(any conforming Stateless OpenPGP implementation)"
10193 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10198 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10199 msgid "(from Sequoia-PGP)"
10203 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10208 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10209 msgid "(from GnuPG)"
10213 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10215 msgid "B<-p>, B<--sign-command=>I<sign-command>"
10216 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
10219 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10221 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute an OpenPGP backend command to "
10222 "sign a source control (B<.dsc>) file, a B<.buildinfo> file or a B<.changes> "
10223 "file it will run I<sign-command> (searching the B<PATH> if necessary) "
10224 "instead of the default or auto-detected backend command (long option since "
10225 "dpkg 1.18.8). I<sign-command> will get all the backend specific arguments "
10226 "according to the B<--sign-backend> selected. I<sign-command> should not "
10227 "contain spaces or any other shell metacharacters."
10231 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10233 msgid "B<-k>, B<--sign-keyid=>I<key-id>"
10234 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
10237 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10239 msgid "B<--sign-key=>I<key-id>"
10240 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
10243 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10245 "Specify an OpenPGP key-ID (either a fingerprint or a user-ID) for the secret "
10246 "key to use when signing packages (B<--sign-key> since dpkg 1.18.8, B<--sign-"
10247 "keyid> since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10251 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10253 msgid "B<--sign-keyfile=>I<key-file>"
10254 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
10257 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10259 "Specify an OpenPGP I<key-file> containing the secret key to use when signing "
10260 "packages (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10264 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10266 "B<Note>: For security reasons the I<key-file> is best kept locked with a "
10271 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10273 msgid "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>"
10277 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10279 msgid "Do not sign the source package (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
10280 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
10283 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10285 msgid "B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>"
10289 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10291 msgid "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.18.19)."
10292 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
10295 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10297 msgid "B<-uc>, B<--unsigned-changes>"
10301 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10304 "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> and B<.changes> files (long option since dpkg "
10306 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
10309 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10311 msgid "B<--no-sign>"
10312 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10315 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10317 "Do not sign any file, this includes the source package, the B<.buildinfo> "
10318 "file and the B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.18.20)."
10322 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10324 msgid "B<--force-sign>"
10325 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10328 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10330 "Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of "
10331 "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>, B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc>, B<--"
10332 "unsigned-changes> or other internal heuristics."
10336 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10342 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10348 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10354 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10360 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10366 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10372 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10378 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10384 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10390 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10392 msgid "B<-i>, B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
10393 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
10396 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10398 msgid "B<-I>, B<--tar-ignore>[=I<pattern>]"
10399 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
10402 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10404 msgid "B<-z>, B<--compression-level=>I<level>"
10405 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
10408 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10410 msgid "B<-Z>, B<--compression=>I<compressor>"
10411 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
10414 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10415 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page."
10419 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10421 msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>"
10422 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
10425 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10427 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
10432 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10434 msgid "B<--changes-file=>I<filename>"
10435 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
10438 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10441 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
10442 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
10445 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10446 msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>"
10450 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10452 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
10457 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
10458 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
10460 msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
10461 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
10464 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10466 msgid "B<--admindir> I<dir>"
10467 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
10470 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
10472 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.14.0). The "
10473 "default location is I<%ADMINDIR%>."
10477 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
10478 msgid "External environment"
10482 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10483 msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>"
10487 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10489 "If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file (since "
10490 "dpkg 1.17.6). Overridden by the B<--check-command> option."
10494 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10495 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>"
10499 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10501 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
10502 "files (since dpkg 1.17.2). Overridden by the B<--sign-key> option."
10506 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10508 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYFILE>"
10509 msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
10512 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10514 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
10515 "files (since dpkg 1.21.10). Overridden by the B<--sign-keyfile> option."
10519 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10521 "If set, it will contain a space-separated list of options that affect the "
10522 "behavior of some dpkg tools involved in package building, and might affect "
10523 "the package build process if the code in F<debian/rules> honors them. These "
10524 "options can have parameters specified immediately after an equal sign "
10525 "(‘B<=>‘). For options that support multiple parameters, these will not be "
10526 "separated by spaces, as these are reserved to separate options."
10530 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10532 "The following are the options known and supported by dpkg tools, other "
10533 "options honored by F<debian/rules> might be defined by distribution specific "
10538 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10539 msgid "B<parallel=>I<N>"
10543 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10545 "The F<debian/rules> in the packaging might use this option to set up the "
10546 "build process to use I<N> parallel jobs. It is overridden by the B<--jobs> "
10547 "and B<--jobs-force> options."
10551 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10553 #| msgid "B<--nocheck>"
10555 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10558 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10560 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> will ignore the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable. The "
10561 "F<debian/rules> in the packaging is not expected to run test suites during "
10566 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10571 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10573 "If F<debian/rules> calls B<dpkg-buildflags> to set up the build flags, those "
10574 "will be set to not enable any optimizations."
10578 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10583 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10585 "The F<debian/rules> in the packaging should ensure that objects do not get "
10586 "the debugging information stripped. If F<debian/rules> includes the B<mk/"
10587 "buildtools.mk> make fragment the B<STRIP> make variable will respect this "
10592 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10595 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
10598 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10600 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> will append the B<--no-print-directory> L<make(1)> flag "
10601 "to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment variable. The F<debian/rules> in the "
10602 "packaging should reduce verbosity, while not being completely quiet."
10606 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10608 msgid "B<hardening=>I<feature-spec>"
10609 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
10612 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10613 msgid "B<reproducible=>I<feature-spec>"
10617 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10619 msgid "B<abi=>I<feature-spec>"
10620 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
10623 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10624 msgid "B<future=>I<feature-spec>"
10628 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10630 msgid "B<qa=>I<feature-spec>"
10631 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
10634 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10635 msgid "B<optimize=>I<feature-spec>"
10639 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10641 msgid "B<sanitize=>I<feature-spec>"
10642 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
10645 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10647 "These are feature areas that control build flag features. See L<dpkg-"
10648 "buildflags(1)> for further details."
10652 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10653 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>"
10657 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10659 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
10660 "built (since dpkg 1.17.2). It is a space separated list of profile names. "
10661 "Overridden by the B<-P> option."
10665 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
10666 msgid "Internal environment"
10670 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10672 "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should "
10673 "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface "
10674 "to retrieve the needed values, because that file is the main entry point to "
10675 "build packages and running it standalone should be supported."
10679 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10680 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_*>"
10684 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10686 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10687 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_*>"
10688 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10691 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10693 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10694 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_*>"
10695 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10698 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10700 "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters "
10701 "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in "
10702 "the build environment."
10706 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10707 msgid "B<DEB_RULES_REQUIRES_ROOT>"
10711 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10713 "This variable is set to the value obtained from the B<Rules-Requires-Root> "
10714 "field, the dpkg-build-api level or from the command-line. When set, it will "
10715 "be a valid value for the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field. It is used to notify "
10716 "B<debian/rules> whether the B<rootless-builds.txt> specification is "
10721 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10723 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10724 msgid "B<DEB_GAIN_ROOT_CMD>"
10725 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10728 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10730 "This variable is set to I<gain-root-command> when the field B<Rules-Requires-"
10731 "Root> is set to a value different to B<no> and B<binary-targets>."
10735 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
10736 msgid "B<SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH>"
10740 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10742 "This variable is set to the Unix timestamp since the epoch of the latest "
10743 "entry in I<debian/changelog>, if it is not already defined."
10747 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10749 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10750 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildpackage.conf>"
10751 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10754 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10756 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
10757 msgid "System wide configuration file"
10758 msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões."
10761 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10763 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10764 msgid "I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildpackage.conf> or"
10765 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10768 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10770 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10771 msgid "I<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildpackage.conf>"
10772 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10775 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10776 msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported"
10780 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10782 "Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler "
10783 "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with "
10784 "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case."
10788 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10789 msgid "Default build targets"
10793 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10795 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets "
10796 "since dpkg 1.16.2. Before dpkg 1.22.7, there was code to try to detect the "
10797 "missing targets and fallback on the B<build> target. Those targets are thus "
10802 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-source.pod
10803 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg.pod
10808 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10810 "Building binary or source packages should only be performed over trusted "
10815 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10817 "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial "
10818 "arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
10822 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10825 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<dpkg-source(1)>, L<dpkg-"
10826 "architecture(1)>, L<dpkg-buildflags(1)>, L<dpkg-genbuildinfo(1)>, L<dpkg-"
10827 "genchanges(1)>, L<fakeroot(1)>, L<lintian(1)>, L<https://datatracker.ietf."
10828 "org/doc/draft-dkg-openpgp-stateless-cli/>, L<sq(1)>, L<gpg(1)>."
10830 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
10834 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10835 msgid "dpkg-buildtree - helper for build tree operations during package builds"
10839 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10841 msgid "B<dpkg-buildtree> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
10842 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
10845 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10847 "B<dpkg-buildtree> is a tool to perform common operations on the build tree "
10848 "for a source package."
10852 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10854 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.22.3."
10855 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
10858 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10860 "Removes all artifacts generated during a build by the various dpkg tools, "
10861 "and pathnames used or controlled by dpkg tools that are safe to clean. "
10862 "These files are used to track state between package build runs, and are in "
10863 "many cases internal implementation details the packager should not be "
10864 "concerned about, or are staging directories containing build artifacts."
10868 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10870 msgid "Cleaned files"
10871 msgstr "B<config-files>"
10874 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10876 msgid "F<debian/files>"
10877 msgstr "B<config-files>"
10880 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10882 msgid "F<debian/files.new>"
10883 msgstr "B<config-files>"
10886 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10888 msgid "Files generated by L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
10889 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
10892 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10894 msgid "F<debian/substvars>"
10895 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
10898 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10900 msgid "F<debian/substvars.new>"
10901 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
10904 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10905 msgid "Files generated by L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
10909 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10911 msgid "F<debian/tmp>"
10912 msgstr "I<control>"
10915 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10917 "Staging directory containing the contents to be used when creating a "
10918 "package. Both L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)> and L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)> generate "
10923 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10925 "You can call B<dpkg-buildtree clean> from the F<debian/rules> B<clean> "
10926 "target, after having performed other necessary cleanups."
10930 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10931 msgid "For example for an autoconf-like build system:"
10935 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
10939 " \t[ ! -f Makefile ] || $(MAKE) distclean\n"
10940 " \tdpkg-buildtree clean\n"
10945 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10946 msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts"
10950 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10952 msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]"
10953 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
10956 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10958 "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
10959 "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
10960 "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
10964 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10966 "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
10967 "be specified on the command line."
10971 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10973 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines (since dpkg "
10974 "1.16.4). Use when only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with "
10975 "B<-B> when only a source package is to be built."
10979 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10981 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when "
10982 "only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a "
10983 "source package is to be built."
10987 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10992 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10994 "Ignore built-in build depends and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). These are "
10995 "implicit dependencies that are usually required on a specific distribution, "
10996 "the so called Build-Essential package set."
11000 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11001 msgid "B<-d> I<build-depends-string>"
11005 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11006 msgid "B<-c> I<build-conflicts-string>"
11010 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11012 "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the "
11013 "I<debian/control> file (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
11017 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11019 msgid "B<-a> I<arch>"
11020 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
11023 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11025 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
11026 "the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of "
11027 "the architecture of the current system (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
11031 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11032 msgid "B<-P> I<profile>[B<,>...]"
11036 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11038 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
11039 "the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s) (since dpkg "
11040 "1.17.2). The argument is a comma-separated list of profile names."
11044 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11046 "Sets the host architecture. This affects the dependency resolution logic, "
11047 "which might then not match what the system dpkg considers satisfiable."
11051 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11053 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
11054 "built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the B<-"
11060 msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
11066 msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>"
11067 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
11073 "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
11074 msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações."
11078 msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
11084 "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
11085 "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
11086 "and run it for you."
11092 "For most commands taking an input archive argument, the archive can be read "
11093 "from standard input if the archive name is given as a single minus character "
11094 "(«B<->»); otherwise lack of support will be documented in their respective "
11095 "command description."
11101 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<binary-directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
11102 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
11107 "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<binary-"
11108 "directory>. I<binary-directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which "
11109 "contains the control information files such as the control file itself. "
11110 "This directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem "
11111 "archive, but instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's "
11112 "control information area."
11118 "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
11119 "parse it. It will check the file for syntax errors and other problems, and "
11120 "display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
11121 "check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
11122 "B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
11128 "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
11129 "the file I<binary-directory>B<.deb>."
11134 msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
11140 "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
11141 "file I<directory>B</>I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb.> When a "
11142 "target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option "
11143 "may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package "
11144 "control file to determine which filename to use)."
11150 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]"
11151 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
11156 msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
11157 msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis."
11162 "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
11163 "the contents of the package as well as its control file."
11169 "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
11170 "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
11171 "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status "
11178 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>"
11179 msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
11184 "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
11185 "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's "
11186 "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator."
11192 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]"
11193 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
11198 msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
11199 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
11204 "If no I<control-field-name>s are specified then it will print the whole "
11211 "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
11212 "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one I<control-"
11213 "field-name> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
11214 "name (and a colon and space)."
11219 msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
11223 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11225 msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>"
11226 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
11231 "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
11232 "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
11237 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11239 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11240 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
11245 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
11252 "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
11253 "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
11259 "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its "
11260 "permissions modified to match the contents of the package."
11264 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11266 msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11267 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
11272 "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a "
11273 "listing of the files extracted as it goes."
11279 msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11280 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
11285 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified "
11286 "directory, and the control information files into a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
11287 "of the specified directory (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
11293 "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
11299 "The input archive is not (currently) processed sequentially, so reading it "
11300 "from standard input («B<->») is B<not> supported."
11304 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11306 msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>"
11307 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
11312 "Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard "
11313 "output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with L<tar(1)> this "
11314 "can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive. "
11315 "The input archive will always be processed sequentially."
11319 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11320 msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
11326 "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
11327 "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with L<tar(1)> this can be used "
11328 "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will "
11329 "always be processed sequentially."
11333 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11335 msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]"
11336 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
11341 "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
11342 "specified directory."
11348 "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
11349 "directory is used."
11354 msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
11360 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
11361 "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
11367 "The string may reference any status field using the “${I<field-name>}” form, "
11368 "a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same "
11369 "package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape "
11370 "sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the B<--"
11371 "showformat> option in L<dpkg-query(1)>."
11376 msgid "The default for this field is “${Package}\\t${Version}\\n”."
11382 msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>"
11383 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
11388 "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when "
11389 "building a package (default is 9 for gzip, 6 for xz, 3 for zstd). The "
11390 "accepted values are compressor specific. For gzip, from 0-9 with 0 being "
11391 "mapped to compressor none. For xz from 0-9. For zstd from 0-22, with "
11392 "levels from 20 to 22 enabling its ultra mode. Before dpkg 1.16.2 level 0 "
11393 "was equivalent to compressor none for all compressors."
11399 msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>"
11400 msgstr "B<--version>"
11405 "Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when "
11406 "building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are B<none> (since "
11407 "dpkg 1.16.4), B<filtered>, B<huffman>, B<rle> and B<fixed> for gzip (since "
11408 "dpkg 1.17.0) and B<extreme> for xz."
11414 msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>"
11415 msgstr "B<--version>"
11420 "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed "
11421 "values are B<gzip>, B<xz> (since dpkg 1.15.6), B<zstd> (since dpkg 1.21.18) "
11422 "and B<none> (default is B<%DEB_DEFAULT_COMPRESSOR%>)."
11428 msgid "B<--[no-]uniform-compression>"
11429 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
11434 "Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive "
11435 "members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>; since dpkg 1.17.6). Otherwise "
11436 "only the B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported "
11437 "compression types allowed to be uniformly used are B<none>, B<gzip>, B<xz> "
11438 "and B<zstd>. The B<--no-uniform-compression> option disables uniform "
11439 "compression (since dpkg 1.19.0). Uniform compression is the default (since "
11444 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod
11446 msgid "B<--threads-max=>I<threads>"
11447 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
11452 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
11453 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.9)."
11458 msgid "B<--root-owner-group>"
11464 "Set the owner and group for each entry in the filesystem tree data to root "
11465 "with id 0 (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
11471 "B<Note>: This option can be useful for rootless builds (see I<rootless-"
11472 "builds.txt>), but should B<not> be used when the entries have an owner or "
11473 "group that is not root. Support for these will be added later in the form "
11474 "of a meta manifest."
11480 msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>"
11481 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
11486 "Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). "
11487 "Allowed values are B<2.0> for the new format, and B<0.939000> for the old "
11488 "one (default is B<2.0>)."
11494 "The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now "
11495 "obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of "
11496 "dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out "
11502 msgid "B<--nocheck>"
11503 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
11508 "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
11509 "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
11513 #: dpkg-deb.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
11515 msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
11516 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
11521 "Enables verbose output (since dpkg 1.16.1). This currently only affects B<--"
11522 "extract> making it behave like B<--vextract>."
11528 msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
11529 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
11533 msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
11537 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11538 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11539 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11541 msgid "EXIT STATUS"
11542 msgstr "STATUS DE SAÍDA"
11545 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11546 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11547 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11552 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
11554 msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
11555 msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso."
11558 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11559 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11560 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11565 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11566 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11568 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, or "
11569 "interactions with the system, such as accesses to the database, memory "
11570 "allocations, etc."
11576 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11577 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_THREADS_MAX>"
11578 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11582 msgid "The B<--threads-max> option overrides this value."
11588 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11589 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_TYPE>"
11590 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11595 msgid "Sets the compressor type to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
11596 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
11600 msgid "The B<-Z> option overrides this value."
11606 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11607 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_LEVEL>"
11608 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11613 msgid "Sets the compressor level to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
11614 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
11618 msgid "The B<-z> option overrides this value."
11622 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-split.pod
11623 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
11625 "If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language "
11626 "Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support (since dpkg "
11627 "1.22.7). The accepted values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)."
11631 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11638 "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create "
11639 "temporary files and directories."
11645 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
11646 "L<deb(5)>'s L<ar(5)> container and used to clamp the mtime in the L<tar(5)> "
11653 msgid "Since dpkg 1.18.8."
11654 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
11659 "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
11660 "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
11661 "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
11667 "Examining untrusted package archives or extracting them into staging "
11668 "directories should be considered a security boundary, and any breakage of "
11669 "that boundary stemming from these operations should be considered a security "
11670 "vulnerability. But handling untrusted package archives should not be done "
11671 "lightly, as the surface area includes any compression library supported, in "
11672 "addition to the archive formats and control files themselves. Performing "
11673 "these operations over untrusted data as root is strongly discouraged."
11678 msgid "Building package archives should only be performed over trusted data."
11684 "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
11690 "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
11691 "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support "
11692 "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most "
11693 "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. "
11694 "Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)"
11701 "F<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, "
11702 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dselect(1)>."
11704 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
11708 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11709 msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files"
11713 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11715 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...] I<filename section priority>"
11716 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
11719 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11720 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
11724 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11726 "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and "
11727 "priority for the B<.changes> file."
11731 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11733 "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
11734 "genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
11735 "a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run."
11739 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
11740 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11742 msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>"
11743 msgstr "I<control>"
11746 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11748 "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
11753 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11755 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
11756 "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files."
11760 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11762 msgid "L<deb-src-files(5)>."
11763 msgstr "I<control>"
11767 msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file"
11773 msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>"
11774 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
11779 "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
11786 "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing L<dpkg(1)> not to install a file "
11787 "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used "
11788 "through the package maintainer scripts to move a file away when it causes a "
11789 "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's "
11790 "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as "
11791 "“conffiles”) need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer "
11792 "version of a package which contains those files."
11798 msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>"
11799 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
11804 "Add a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
11811 msgid "B<--remove> I<file>"
11812 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
11817 "Remove a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
11822 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11824 msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]"
11825 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
11829 msgid "List all diversions, or ones matching I<glob-pattern>."
11835 msgid "B<--listpackage> I<file>"
11836 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
11841 "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file> (since dpkg 1.15.0). "
11842 "Prints LOCAL if I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not "
11849 msgid "B<--truename> I<file>"
11850 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
11854 msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file."
11858 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
11859 #: update-alternatives.pod
11861 msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
11862 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
11868 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. Defaults to "
11869 "«I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
11871 "Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo "
11872 "diferente do padrão."
11875 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
11876 #: update-alternatives.pod
11878 msgid "B<--instdir> I<directory>"
11879 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
11882 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11884 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
11885 "get installed (since dpkg 1.19.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
11890 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11891 #: dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
11893 msgid "B<--root> I<directory>"
11894 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
11897 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11899 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
11900 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
11901 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» (since dpkg 1.19.2) if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not "
11908 msgid "B<--divert> I<divert-to>"
11909 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
11914 "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by "
11915 "other packages, will be diverted."
11927 "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This "
11928 "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the "
11929 "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally "
11930 "modified version."
11936 msgid "B<--package> I<package>"
11937 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
11942 "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be "
11943 "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>."
11947 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
11950 msgstr "B<--quiet>"
11954 msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
11960 msgid "B<--rename>"
11961 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
11966 "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation "
11967 "in case the destination file already exists. This is the common behavior "
11968 "used for diversions of files from the non-B<Essential> package set (see B<--"
11969 "no-rename> for more details)."
11975 msgid "B<--no-rename>"
11976 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
11981 "Specifies that the file should not be renamed while adding or removing the "
11982 "diversion into the database (since dpkg 1.19.1). This is intended for "
11983 "diversions of files from the B<Essential> package set, where the temporary "
11984 "disappearance of the original file is not acceptable, as it can render the "
11985 "system non-functional. This is the default behavior, but that will change "
11986 "in the dpkg 1.20.x cycle."
11997 msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
12001 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
12002 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
12004 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12005 msgid "B<DPKG_ROOT>"
12006 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12009 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12011 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
12012 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
12016 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
12017 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
12019 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12020 msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>"
12021 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12024 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12026 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
12027 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
12031 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg.pod
12033 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12034 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>"
12035 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12040 "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, "
12041 "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name."
12045 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12046 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
12049 msgid "B<DPKG_DEBUG>"
12053 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12054 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
12056 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
12057 "accepted flags are described in the B<dpkg --debug> option, but not all "
12058 "these flags might have an effect on this program."
12064 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>"
12065 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
12070 "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
12071 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
12072 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
12078 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
12079 "I<-old>, before replacing it with the new one."
12085 "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. "
12086 "When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if "
12092 msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
12098 "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, L<ldconfig(8)> creates "
12099 "a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library. "
12100 "Because B<ldconfig> does not honor diverts (only B<dpkg> does), the symlink "
12101 "may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library has the "
12102 "same SONAME as the undiverted one."
12108 "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i."
12109 "e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</"
12110 "usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:"
12117 " dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
12123 msgid "To remove that diversion:"
12130 " dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
12137 "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
12138 "example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
12145 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo \\\n"
12146 " --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
12154 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
12159 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12160 msgid "dpkg-fsys-usrunmess - undoes the merged-/usr-via-aliased-dirs mess"
12164 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12166 msgid "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> [B<option>...]"
12167 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
12170 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12172 "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> is a tool to fix up filesystems that have been "
12173 "installed anew with recent installers with unfortunate defaults or migrated "
12174 "to the broken merged /usr via aliased directories layout, which is B<not> "
12175 "supported by dpkg. See the dpkg FAQ."
12179 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12181 "B<Note>: In Debian its tech-ctte has decreed that on the release after "
12182 "bookworm the non-usrmerged layout is not going to be supported, and thus "
12183 "some of its maintainers might not fix issues or intentionally remove non-"
12184 "usrmerged support, so you will need decide and pick your poison."
12188 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12189 msgid "The program will perform the following overall actions:"
12193 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12194 msgid "Check whether the system needs to be switched, otherwise do nothing,"
12198 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12199 msgid "Check for dpkg database consistency and otherwise abort."
12203 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12205 "Generate and install a regression prevention package, if requested on the "
12206 "command-line or otherwise on the prompt."
12210 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12211 msgid "Get the list of files and alternatives that need to be restored."
12215 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12216 msgid "Look for untracked kernel modules files that need to be moved too."
12220 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12222 "Create a shadow hierarchy under F</.usrunmess>, by creating the directories "
12223 "symlinks or hardlinking or copying the files as needed."
12227 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12229 "Prompt for confirmation before proceeding, if requested on the command-line."
12233 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12234 msgid "Lock the dpkg database."
12238 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12240 "Mark all packages as half-configured to force running maintainer scripts "
12241 "that might need to recreate files."
12245 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12247 "Replace the aliased directories with the shadow ones, by creating a backup "
12248 "of the old symlinked directories and renaming the shadow ones over."
12252 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12253 msgid "Relabel MAC information for directories and symlinks if necessary."
12257 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12258 msgid "Remove backup symlinks."
12262 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12263 msgid "Remove old moved objects, but defer directory removal."
12267 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12268 msgid "Remove old deferred directories that are not referenced by dpkg-query."
12272 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12273 msgid "Remove shadow root directory."
12277 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12279 "Register a B<policy-rc.d> to disallow service actions, which means that "
12280 "services might need to be restarted afterwards, ideally via a reboot."
12284 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12286 #| msgid "List of available packages."
12287 msgid "Reconfigure all packages."
12288 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
12291 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12292 msgid "Unregister the B<policy-rc.d> and restore the alternatives state."
12296 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12298 "B<Note>: When running the program from some shells such as L<bash(1)> or "
12299 "L<zsh(1)>, after executing it, you might need to request the shell to forget "
12300 "all remembered executable locations with for example C<hash -r>."
12304 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12306 "B<Note>: Some directories might linger after the migration in case they "
12307 "contain untracked files. A list is printed once the script has finished for "
12308 "further investigation."
12312 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12314 "B<Warning>: Note that this operation has the potential to render the system "
12315 "unusable or broken in case of a sudden crash or reboot, unexpected state of "
12316 "the system, or possible bugs in the script. Be prepared with recovery media "
12317 "and consider doing backups beforehand."
12321 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12322 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.20.6."
12326 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12328 msgid "B<-p>, B<--prompt>"
12329 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
12332 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12334 "Prompt at the time of no return, so that the debug output or the shadow "
12335 "hierarchy can be evaluated before proceeding."
12339 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12341 msgid "B<--prevention>"
12342 msgstr "B<--version>"
12345 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12347 msgid "B<--no-prevention>"
12348 msgstr "B<--version>"
12351 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12353 "Enables or disables generating and installing a regression prevention "
12354 "package into the system. If no option has been specified, the action to "
12355 "take will be prompted."
12359 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12361 "The generated package contains the B<Protected> field set to B<yes> to "
12362 "protect against accidental removal of the package."
12366 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12368 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
12369 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
12372 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12374 msgid "B<--dry-run>"
12375 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
12378 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12380 "This option enables the dry-run mode, where no destructive action takes "
12381 "place, only the preparatory part."
12385 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12387 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12388 msgid "B<DPKG_USRUNMESS_NOACT>"
12389 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12392 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12393 msgid "This setting defines whether to enable dry-run mode."
12397 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12398 msgid "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#broken-usrmerge>."
12402 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12403 msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo - generate Debian .buildinfo files"
12407 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12409 msgid "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> [I<option>...]"
12410 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
12413 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12415 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
12416 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
12417 "control file describing the build environment and the build artifacts (B<."
12418 "buildinfo> file)."
12422 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12423 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.18.11."
12427 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12428 msgid "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components."
12432 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12434 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
12435 "Depends>) and architecture specific build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
12440 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12442 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
12443 "Depends>) and architecture independent build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
12448 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12450 "Effectively ignored; generate build information with just the unqualified "
12451 "build dependencies (B<Build-Depends>)."
12455 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12457 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
12458 "is an alias for B<any,all>."
12462 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12464 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
12465 "is an alias for B<any,all,source>, and the same as the default case when no "
12466 "build option is specified."
12470 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12472 msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
12473 msgstr "I<control>"
12476 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12478 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
12479 "default is B<debian/control>."
12483 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12486 msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>"
12487 msgstr "I<control>"
12490 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12493 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
12494 "B<debian/changelog>."
12496 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
12497 "algo diferente do padrão."
12500 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12502 "Specifies where is the list of files that have been produced by the build, "
12503 "rather than using B<debian/files>."
12507 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12509 msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>"
12513 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12516 "Specifies the format of the changelog. See L<dpkg-parsechangelog(1)> for "
12517 "information about alternative formats."
12521 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12522 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
12524 msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]"
12525 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
12528 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12530 "Print the buildinfo file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified) "
12531 "rather than to I<dir>B</>I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
12532 "buildinfo> (where I<dir> is B<..> by default or I<upload-files-dir> if B<-u> "
12537 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12539 msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>"
12540 msgstr "I<control>"
12543 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12545 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
12546 "(B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
12547 "sizes and checksums in the B<.buildinfo> file)."
12551 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12553 msgid "B<--always-include-kernel>"
12554 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
12557 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12558 msgid "By default, the B<Build-Kernel-Version> field will not be written out."
12562 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12564 "Specify this option (since dpkg 1.19.0) to always write a B<Build-Kernel-"
12565 "Version> field when generating the B<.buildinfo>."
12569 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12571 msgid "B<--always-include-path>"
12572 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
12575 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12577 "By default, the B<Build-Path> field will only be written if the current "
12578 "directory starts with an allowed pattern."
12582 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12584 "On Debian and derivatives the pattern matches on B</build/> at the start of "
12589 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12591 "Specify this option to always write a B<Build-Path> field when generating "
12592 "the B<.buildinfo>."
12596 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12598 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
12603 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12610 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12612 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> might produce informative messages on standard error. "
12613 "B<-q> suppresses these messages."
12617 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12619 "This variable can be used to enable or disable various features that affect "
12620 "the information included in the .buildinfo file, via the B<buildinfo> option "
12621 "(since dpkg 1.18.19). This option contains a comma-separated list of "
12622 "features, prefixed with the ‘B<+>’ or ‘B<->’ modifiers, to denote whether to "
12623 "enable or disable them. The special feature “B<all>” can be used to enable "
12624 "or disable all other features. The feature “B<path>” controls whether to "
12625 "unconditionally include the B<Build-Path> field."
12629 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12631 "Sets the build architecture. This affects the value for the B<Build-"
12632 "Architecture> field, and the check for the cross-compilation mode."
12636 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12638 "Sets the host architecture. This affects the filename used for the ."
12639 "buildinfo file, and the check for the cross-compilation mode."
12643 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12645 "The list of generated files. B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads the data here when "
12646 "producing a B<.buildinfo> file."
12650 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12652 msgid "L<deb-buildinfo(5)>."
12653 msgstr "I<control>"
12656 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12657 msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files"
12661 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12663 msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]"
12664 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
12667 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12669 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
12670 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
12671 "upload control file (B<.changes> file)."
12675 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12677 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
12682 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12684 msgid "Upload the source package."
12685 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
12688 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12689 msgid "Upload the architecture specific binary packages."
12693 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12694 msgid "Upload the architecture independent binary packages."
12698 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12700 "Upload the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
12701 "an alias for B<any,all>."
12705 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12707 "Upload everything. This is alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as the "
12708 "default case when no build option is specified."
12712 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12714 "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is "
12715 "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or B<-"
12716 "B> haven't been used)."
12720 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12722 "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if "
12723 "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian "
12724 "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog "
12729 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12730 msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source."
12734 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12735 msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff."
12739 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12741 "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
12742 "I<version> to be used."
12746 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12748 "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> "
12749 "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file."
12753 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12755 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
12756 "for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
12761 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12763 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
12764 "for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
12769 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12770 msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
12774 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-source.pod
12776 "Set an output substitution variable. See L<deb-substvars(5)> for a "
12777 "discussion of output substitution."
12781 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
12783 msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>"
12784 msgstr "I<control>"
12787 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12789 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
12790 "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are "
12791 "output, except for the contents extracted from each binary package "
12792 "B<Description> field (since dpkg 1.19.0), however the special variable "
12793 "I<Format> will override the field of the same name. This option can be used "
12794 "multiple times to read substitution variables from multiple files (since "
12799 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12801 msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
12802 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
12805 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12806 msgid "Override or add an output control file field."
12810 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12812 msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
12813 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
12816 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12817 msgid "Remove an output control file field."
12821 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12823 "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/"
12828 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12830 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
12831 "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
12832 "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)."
12836 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12838 "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
12839 "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
12840 "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages."
12844 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12846 "Print the changes file to standard output (the default) or to I<filename> if "
12847 "specified (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
12851 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12853 msgid "Sets the host architecture."
12854 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
12857 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12859 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
12860 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file."
12864 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12867 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-src-files(5)>, L<deb-"
12868 "changelog(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>."
12870 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
12874 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12875 msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files"
12879 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12881 msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]"
12882 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
12885 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12887 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
12888 "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
12889 "control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields."
12893 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12895 "Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are "
12896 "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true "
12897 "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove "
12898 "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates "
12899 "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically "
12900 "it keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The "
12901 "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency "
12902 "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, "
12903 "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one."
12907 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12909 "The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> "
12910 "and B<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of "
12911 "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the "
12916 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12918 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/"
12923 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12924 msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated."
12928 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12930 "Set an output substitution variable. See L<deb-substvars(5)> for discussion "
12931 "of output substitution."
12935 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12937 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
12938 "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
12939 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
12943 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12945 msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
12946 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
12949 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12951 "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source "
12952 "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
12953 "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to "
12958 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12960 msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
12961 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
12964 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12966 "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
12967 "package_version_arch.deb filename."
12971 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12972 msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
12976 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12978 "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg "
12979 "build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell "
12980 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control "
12981 "file. This is now the default behavior. If you want to get the old "
12982 "behavior you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control "
12987 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12989 msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>"
12990 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
12993 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12995 "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to "
12996 "find the default value of the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and "
12997 "control file field, and for the default location of the output file."
13001 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13003 "Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified, "
13004 "since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or "
13005 "I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)."
13009 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13011 "The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
13012 "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
13016 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13018 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
13019 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
13020 "control files it generates here."
13024 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13027 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-changelog(5)>, L<deb-"
13030 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
13034 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13036 "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency "
13041 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13043 msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]"
13044 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
13047 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13049 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) "
13050 "looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This "
13051 "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the "
13052 "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the "
13057 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13059 "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by "
13060 "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that "
13065 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13066 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
13070 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13072 msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>"
13073 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
13076 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13077 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols"
13081 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13083 msgid "debian/symbols"
13084 msgstr "B<config-files>"
13087 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13089 "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version "
13090 "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds "
13091 "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be "
13092 "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended "
13093 "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the "
13094 "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-"
13095 "gensymbols> helps with that."
13099 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13101 "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, "
13102 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore "
13103 "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize "
13104 "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)."
13108 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13109 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.14.8."
13113 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13114 msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES"
13118 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13120 "The base interchange format of the symbols file is described in L<deb-"
13121 "symbols(5)>, which is used by the symbols files included in binary "
13122 "packages. These are generated from template symbols files with a format "
13123 "based on the former, described in L<deb-src-symbols(5)> and included in "
13128 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13130 "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of "
13131 "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update "
13132 "them every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal "
13133 "version matches reality."
13137 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13139 "The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a starting point, but "
13140 "the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the behaviour of those "
13141 "symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything using those "
13142 "symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with the old "
13147 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13149 "In most cases, the diff applies directly to the debian/I<package>.symbols "
13150 "file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's recommended for "
13151 "example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version so that "
13152 "backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version still "
13153 "satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be dropped "
13154 "because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, then one "
13155 "should suffix the version with ‘B<~>’."
13159 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13161 "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-"
13162 "check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the "
13163 "patch should ideally only add new lines."
13167 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13168 msgid "Note that you can put comments in symbols files."
13172 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13174 "Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased. There "
13175 "is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff "
13176 "or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking "
13177 "for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim "
13178 "they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will "
13179 "introduce hard to find bugs with (partial) upgrades."
13183 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13184 msgid "Good library management"
13188 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13189 msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:"
13193 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13195 "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols "
13196 "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;"
13200 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13202 "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal "
13203 "changes and API extension;"
13207 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13209 "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as "
13214 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13216 "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and "
13217 "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API "
13218 "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream "
13219 "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have "
13220 "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author "
13221 "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian "
13222 "specific work-around."
13226 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13227 msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp."
13231 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13233 "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed "
13234 "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)."
13238 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13240 "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/"
13241 "changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree."
13245 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13247 msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>"
13248 msgstr "I<control>"
13251 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13253 "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public "
13254 "libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the "
13255 "L<File::Glob> manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match multiple "
13256 "libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-e>)."
13260 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
13262 msgid "B<-l>I<directory>"
13263 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
13266 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13268 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
13269 "libraries (since dpkg 1.19.1). This option can be used multiple times."
13273 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
13275 "B<Note>: Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that "
13276 "environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it "
13277 "to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when cross-"
13278 "compiling for example."
13282 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13284 msgid "B<-I>I<filename>"
13285 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
13288 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13290 "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is "
13291 "integrated in the package itself."
13295 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13297 "Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if "
13298 "specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or I<package-build-"
13299 "dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is pre-existing, "
13300 "its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols file. You can use "
13301 "this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer upstream "
13302 "version of your library."
13306 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13312 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13314 "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible "
13315 "with L<deb-symbols(5)>. The main difference is that in the template mode "
13316 "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the "
13317 "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. "
13318 "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard L<deb-"
13319 "symbols(5)> file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols "
13320 "are always written to the symbol file template."
13324 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13326 msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>"
13327 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13330 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13332 "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the "
13333 "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. "
13334 "Increasing levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels."
13338 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13343 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13344 msgid "Never fails."
13348 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13353 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13354 msgid "Fails if some symbols have disappeared."
13358 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13363 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13364 msgid "Fails if some new symbols have been introduced."
13368 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13373 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13374 msgid "Fails if some libraries have disappeared."
13378 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13383 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13384 msgid "Fails if some libraries have been introduced."
13388 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13390 "This value can be overridden by the environment variable "
13391 "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>."
13395 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13397 "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the "
13398 "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost "
13399 "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational "
13400 "output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)."
13404 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13406 msgid "B<-a>I<arch>"
13407 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
13410 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13412 "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this "
13413 "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its "
13414 "binaries are already available."
13418 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13424 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13426 "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
13427 "gensymbols> does."
13431 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13438 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13440 "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols "
13441 "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by "
13442 "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern."
13446 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13448 "Sets the host architecture if the B<--arch> option has not be specified."
13452 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13453 msgid "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>"
13457 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13459 "Overrides the command check level, even if the B<-c> command-line argument "
13460 "was given (note that this goes against the common convention of command-line "
13461 "arguments having precedence over environment variables)."
13465 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13467 "L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>, L<https://people."
13468 "redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>, L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/"
13469 "dsohowto.pdf>, L<deb-src-symbol(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
13473 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13475 "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer "
13480 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13482 "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-"
13487 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13488 msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS"
13492 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13494 msgid "B<supports> I<command>"
13495 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13498 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13499 msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13503 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13505 "B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> "
13510 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13512 "B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13516 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13518 "B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13522 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13524 "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some "
13525 "tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design "
13526 "decisions or due to current limitations."
13530 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13532 "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer "
13533 "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes "
13534 "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will "
13535 "automatically adapt its behavior based on the environment variable "
13536 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you "
13537 "have to forward after a double hyphen."
13541 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13543 msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS"
13544 msgstr "OPÇÕES COMUNS"
13547 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13549 msgid "I<prior-version>"
13550 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
13553 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13555 "Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the "
13556 "operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that "
13557 "the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package "
13558 "with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the "
13559 "operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version "
13560 "and have the operation tried only once)."
13564 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13566 "If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now "
13567 "modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, I<prior-"
13568 "version> should be based on the version of the package that you are now "
13569 "preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the conffile. "
13570 "This applies to all other actions in the same way."
13574 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13576 "For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, "
13577 "I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile "
13578 "to be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as "
13579 "B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in "
13580 "version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only "
13581 "performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, "
13582 "should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>."
13586 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13589 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
13592 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13594 "The package name owning the pathname(s). When the package is “Multi-Arch: "
13595 "same” this parameter must include the architecture qualifier, otherwise it "
13596 "should B<not> usually include the architecture qualifier (as it would "
13597 "disallow cross-grades, or switching from being architecture specific to "
13598 "architecture B<all> or vice versa). If the parameter is empty or omitted, "
13599 "the B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> and B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH> environment "
13600 "variables (as set by B<dpkg> when running the maintainer scripts) will be "
13601 "used to generate an arch-qualified package name."
13605 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13611 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13613 "All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the "
13614 "program after B<-->."
13618 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13619 msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS"
13623 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13625 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile "
13626 "(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it "
13627 "is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for "
13628 "this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and "
13629 "the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown "
13630 "away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-"
13631 "maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer "
13632 "scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf."
13636 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13638 "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it "
13639 "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to "
13640 "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer "
13645 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13646 msgid "Removing a conffile"
13650 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13652 "B<Note>: This can be replaced in most cases by the C<remove-on-upgrade> flag "
13653 "in F<DEBIAN/conffiles> (since dpkg 1.20.6), see L<deb-conffiles(5)>."
13657 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13659 "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless "
13660 "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be "
13661 "preserved. If the package upgrade aborts, the newly obsolete conffile "
13662 "should not disappear."
13666 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13668 "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the "
13669 "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13673 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13677 " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\\n"
13678 " I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13683 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13684 msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove."
13688 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13690 "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was "
13691 "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not "
13692 "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the "
13693 "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept "
13694 "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be "
13695 "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the "
13696 "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-"
13697 "bak> file kept up to now."
13701 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13702 msgid "Renaming a conffile"
13706 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13708 "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure "
13709 "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple "
13710 "change to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the "
13711 "user being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though "
13712 "they are not responsible of them."
13716 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13718 "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
13719 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13723 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13727 " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\\n"
13728 " I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13733 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13735 "I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile "
13740 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13742 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been "
13743 "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to I<old-"
13744 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes I<old-"
13745 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to I<new-conffile> if "
13746 "I<old-conffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the "
13747 "B<postrm> renames I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if "
13752 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13753 msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES"
13757 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13759 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to "
13760 "a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will "
13765 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13767 "B<Note>: The symlinks and directories created during these switches need to "
13768 "be shipped in the new packages, or B<dpkg> will not be able to remove them "
13773 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13774 msgid "Switching a symlink to directory"
13778 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13780 "If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before "
13781 "unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the "
13782 "B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
13783 "case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the "
13788 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13792 " dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\\n"
13793 " I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13798 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13800 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a "
13801 "directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target "
13802 "name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or "
13803 "relative to the directory containing I<pathname>."
13807 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13809 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and "
13810 "points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's "
13811 "renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> "
13812 "removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
13813 "symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames "
13814 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
13818 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13819 msgid "Switching a directory to symlink"
13823 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13825 "If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before "
13826 "unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to "
13827 "the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
13828 "case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, "
13829 "locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package."
13833 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13835 "Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
13836 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13840 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13844 " dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\\n"
13845 " I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13850 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13852 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a "
13853 "symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of "
13854 "the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to "
13855 "the directory containing I<pathname>."
13859 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13861 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does "
13862 "not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created "
13863 "pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to "
13864 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> "
13865 "is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, "
13866 "the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
13867 "directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging "
13868 "directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging "
13869 "directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty "
13870 "staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes "
13871 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> "
13872 "renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
13876 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13878 #| msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
13879 msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES"
13880 msgstr "INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES"
13883 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13885 "When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native B<dpkg-"
13886 "maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life easier. See for "
13887 "example L<dh_installdeb(1)>."
13891 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13893 "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it "
13894 "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required "
13895 "version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends "
13896 "on the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, "
13897 "for B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:"
13901 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13904 " Pre-Depends: dpkg (>= 1.17.14)\n"
13909 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13911 "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the "
13912 "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only "
13913 "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed "
13918 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13922 " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n"
13923 " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n"
13929 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13931 "The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The "
13932 "B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg "
13933 "and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in "
13934 "case the environment is not sufficient."
13938 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13939 msgid "If set, it will be used as the filesystem root directory."
13943 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13944 msgid "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
13948 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13950 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.19.1). The currently accepted values are: "
13951 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
13955 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13957 #| msgid "B<installed>"
13958 msgid "L<dh_installdeb(1)>."
13959 msgstr "B<installed>"
13962 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13963 msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files"
13967 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13970 "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]"
13971 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
13974 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13976 "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to "
13977 "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the "
13978 "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given."
13982 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13984 "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be "
13985 "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing "
13986 "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the "
13987 "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and "
13988 "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is "
13989 "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge "
13990 "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available — it's "
13991 "part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl — otherwise you get a global "
13992 "conflict on the content of the entry)."
13996 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13998 msgid "B<--merge-unreleased>"
13999 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
14002 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14004 "Ignore the version number when the entries are marked as B<UNRELEASED> "
14005 "(since dpkg 1.21.0)."
14009 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14011 "This is useful when you have diverging development for versions that have "
14012 "not yet been released. For instance 2.1-1 is released, then development "
14013 "happens for the new 2.2-1 and then for 2.3-1, where it makes sense to just "
14014 "end with a coalesced entry for 2.3-1 including all the development done in "
14019 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14021 msgid "B<-m>, B<--merge-prereleases>"
14022 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
14025 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14027 "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version "
14028 "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not."
14032 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14034 "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase "
14035 "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, "
14036 "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same "
14037 "changelog entry that has evolved over time."
14041 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14044 msgid "LIMITATIONS"
14048 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14050 "Anything that is not parsed by L<Dpkg::Changelog> is lost during the merge. "
14051 "This might include stuff like comments which were not supposed to be there, "
14056 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14057 msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT"
14061 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14063 "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git "
14064 "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> "
14065 "or B<~/.gitconfig>:"
14069 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14072 " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n"
14073 " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n"
14074 " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n"
14079 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14081 "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file "
14082 "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/"
14087 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14089 msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n"
14094 msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names"
14100 msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..."
14101 msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--auto> I<nome>"
14106 "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy "
14107 "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
14108 "package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<."
14109 ">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The "
14110 "I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information "
14111 "optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-"
14112 "type> part comes from that field if present or will fall back to B<deb>."
14118 msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>"
14119 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
14123 msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
14129 msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>"
14130 msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>"
14134 msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
14140 msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>"
14141 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
14146 "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
14147 "destination filename."
14153 msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]"
14154 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
14159 "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument "
14160 "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the "
14161 "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of "
14162 "the package. The target directory will be «unstable/binary-I<architecture>/"
14163 "I<section>». If the section is not found in the control, then B<no-section> "
14164 "is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections B<non-free> and "
14165 "B<contrib> the target directory is «I<section>/binary-I<architecture>». The "
14166 "section field is not required so a lot of packages will find their way to "
14167 "the B<no-section> area."
14172 msgid "B<Warning>: Use this option with care, it is messy."
14178 msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>"
14179 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
14184 "This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory "
14185 "isn't found it will be created automatically."
14190 msgid "B<Warning>: Use this option with care."
14196 msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
14197 msgstr "B<--version>"
14202 "Sets the host architecture. This affects the architecture name used in the "
14203 "package filename."
14209 "Some packages don't follow the name structure "
14210 "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by "
14211 "B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact "
14212 "on how packages are installed by L<dselect(1)>/L<dpkg(1)>, but other "
14213 "installation tools might depend on this naming structure."
14218 msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
14224 "The file B<bar-foo.deb> will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
14225 "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
14226 "of B<bar-foo.deb>)."
14231 msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
14237 "All files with the extension B<deb> in the directory /root/debian and its "
14238 "subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with "
14239 "no architecture information."
14244 msgid "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
14250 "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
14251 "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
14256 msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
14261 msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
14268 "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<find(1)>, "
14271 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
14275 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14276 msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files"
14280 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14282 msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]"
14283 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
14286 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14288 "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
14289 "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
14290 "machine-readable form."
14294 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14296 msgid "B<-l>, B<--file> I<changelog-file>"
14297 msgstr "I<control>"
14300 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14303 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A ‘-’ can be used to "
14304 "specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>."
14306 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
14307 "algo diferente do padrão."
14310 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14312 msgid "B<-F> I<changelog-format>"
14313 msgstr "I<control>"
14316 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14318 "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
14319 "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
14320 "the B<debian> standard format. See also L</CHANGELOG FORMATS>."
14324 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14326 msgid "B<-L> I<libdir>"
14327 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14330 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14332 "Obsolete option without effect (since dpkg 1.18.8). Setting the perl "
14333 "environment variables B<PERL5LIB> or B<PERLLIB> has a similar effect when "
14334 "looking for the parser perl modules."
14338 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14340 msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>"
14341 msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
14344 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14346 "Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0). The field name "
14347 "is not printed, only its value."
14351 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14352 msgid "Parser Options"
14356 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14358 "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog "
14359 "parser, for example the range of entries or the format of the output."
14363 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14365 msgid "B<--format> I<output-format>"
14366 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
14369 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14371 "Set the output format. Currently supported values are B<dpkg> and "
14372 "B<rfc822>. B<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option "
14373 "existed) and the default. It consists of one stanza in Debian control "
14374 "format (see L<deb-control(5)>). If more than one entry is requested, then "
14375 "most fields are taken from the first entry (usually the most recent entry), "
14376 "except otherwise stated:"
14380 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14382 msgid "B<Source:> I<pkg-name>"
14383 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14386 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14388 msgid "B<Version:> I<version>"
14389 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14392 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14394 "The source version number. B<Note>: For binary-only releases there might be "
14395 "no corresponding source release."
14399 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14400 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<target-distribution>"
14404 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14406 "A space-separated list of one or more distribution names where this version "
14407 "should be installed when it is uploaded."
14411 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14413 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency>"
14414 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14417 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14419 "The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the "
14420 "concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested."
14424 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14426 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<author>"
14427 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14430 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14432 "The name and email address of the person who prepared these changes, they "
14433 "are B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or the usual package maintainer."
14437 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14439 msgid "B<Date:> I<date>"
14440 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14443 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14445 "The date of the entry as a string, as it appears in the changelog. With a "
14446 "L<strptime(3)> format \"B<%a, %d %b %Y %T %z>\", but where the day of the "
14447 "week might not actually correspond to the real day obtained from the rest of "
14448 "the date string. If you need a more accurate representation of the date, "
14449 "use the B<Timestamp> field, but take into account it might not be possible "
14450 "to map it back to the exact value in this field."
14454 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14456 msgid "B<Timestamp:> I<timestamp>"
14457 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
14460 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14462 "The date of the entry as a timestamp in seconds since the epoch (since dpkg "
14467 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14469 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number>"
14470 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14473 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14474 msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged."
14478 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14479 msgid "B<Changes:> I<changelog-entries>"
14483 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14485 "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a "
14486 "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a "
14487 "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The "
14488 "exact content depends on the changelog format."
14492 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14494 "The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> "
14495 "fields are mandatory."
14499 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14500 msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present."
14504 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14506 "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate stanza for "
14507 "each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved."
14511 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14513 msgid "B<--reverse>"
14514 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
14517 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14519 msgid "Include all changes in reverse order (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
14520 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
14523 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14525 "B<Note>: For the B<dpkg> format the first entry will be the most ancient "
14530 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod update-alternatives.pod
14536 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14538 "Include all changes. B<Note>: Other options have no effect when this is in "
14543 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14545 msgid "B<-s>, B<--since> I<version>"
14546 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
14549 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14551 msgid "B<-v> I<version>"
14552 msgstr "B<--version>"
14555 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14556 msgid "Include all changes later than I<version>."
14560 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14562 msgid "B<-u>, B<--until> I<version>"
14563 msgstr "B<--version>"
14566 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14567 msgid "Include all changes earlier than I<version>."
14571 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14573 msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<version>"
14574 msgstr "B<--version>"
14577 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14578 msgid "Include all changes equal or later than I<version>."
14582 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14584 msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<version>"
14585 msgstr "B<--version>"
14588 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14589 msgid "Include all changes up to or equal than I<version>."
14593 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14595 msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<number>"
14596 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
14599 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14601 msgid "B<-n> I<number>"
14602 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
14605 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14607 "Include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower "
14612 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14614 msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<number>"
14615 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
14618 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14620 "Change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail "
14621 "if I<number> is lower than 0)."
14625 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14627 msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS"
14628 msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES"
14631 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14633 "It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a "
14634 "parser for that alternative format."
14638 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14640 "In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be "
14641 "included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl "
14642 "regular expression: “B<\\schangelog-format:\\s+([0-9a-z]+)\\W>”. The part "
14643 "in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:"
14647 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14648 msgid "@@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@"
14652 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14654 "Changelog format names are non-empty strings of lowercase alphanumerics (“a-"
14659 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14661 "If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser "
14662 "as a B<Dpkg::Changelog::>I<Otherformat> perl module; it is an error for it "
14663 "not being present. The parser name in the perl module will be automatically "
14664 "capitalized. The default changelog format is B<debian>, and a parser for it "
14665 "is provided by default."
14669 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14671 "The parser should be derived from the L<Dpkg::Changelog> class and implement "
14672 "the required documented interface."
14676 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14678 "If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves "
14679 "a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be "
14680 "stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact."
14684 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14686 "If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information "
14687 "this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not "
14688 "attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources."
14692 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14694 "If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should error "
14695 "out, rather than trying to muddle through and possibly generating incorrect "
14700 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14701 msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all."
14705 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14707 "All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg 1.14.16."
14711 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14713 "Short option parsing with non-bundled values available only since dpkg "
14718 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14720 "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
14721 "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
14722 "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number "
14727 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14729 "The B<Maintainer> field has a confusing name matching the field in the "
14730 "F<debian/control> file but not its exact semantics, where its meaning would "
14731 "be better represented by the B<Changed-By> field name used in the F<."
14736 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14738 msgid "L<deb-changelog(5)>."
14739 msgstr "I<control>"
14743 msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
14749 msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>"
14750 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
14755 "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
14756 "B<dpkg> database."
14762 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
14763 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
14768 "List all known packages matching one or more patterns, regardless of their "
14769 "status, which includes any real or virtual package referenced in any "
14770 "dependency relationship field (such as B<Breaks>, B<Enhances>, etc.). If no "
14771 "I<package-name-pattern> is given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
14772 "excluding the ones marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been "
14773 "previously purged). Normal shell wildcard characters are allowed in "
14774 "I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote "
14775 "I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename "
14776 "expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with "
14784 " dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'\n"
14786 msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
14791 "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package "
14792 "status, and errors, in that order."
14797 msgid "Desired action:"
14802 msgid "u = Unknown"
14808 msgid "i = Install"
14809 msgstr "B<install>"
14828 msgid "Package status:"
14834 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
14835 msgid "n = Not-installed"
14836 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
14841 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
14842 msgid "c = Config-files"
14843 msgstr "B<config-files>"
14848 #| msgid "B<half-installed>"
14849 msgid "H = Half-installed"
14850 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
14855 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
14856 msgid "U = Unpacked"
14857 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
14862 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
14863 msgid "F = Half-configured"
14864 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
14868 msgid "W = Triggers-awaiting"
14873 msgid "t = Triggers-pending"
14879 #| msgid "B<installed>"
14880 msgid "i = Installed"
14881 msgstr "B<installed>"
14885 msgid "Error flags:"
14890 msgid "E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)"
14895 msgid "R = Reinst-required"
14901 "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause "
14902 "severe problems. Please refer to L<dpkg(1)> for information about the above "
14903 "states and flags."
14909 "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
14910 "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
14911 "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--"
14912 "showformat> for a way to configure the output format."
14918 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
14919 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
14924 "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
14925 "given patterns. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
14926 "showformat> option."
14932 "The default output format gives one line per matching package, each line "
14933 "consisting of the package name and its installed version, separated by a "
14934 "tab. The package name will be architecture qualified for packages with a "
14935 "B<Multi-Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, "
14936 "which is an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
14942 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> [I<package-name>...]"
14943 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
14948 "Report status of specified packages. This just displays the entry in the "
14949 "installed package status database. If no I<package-name> is specified it "
14950 "will display all package entries in the status database (since dpkg "
14951 "1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> entries are listed, the requested "
14952 "status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same order as "
14953 "specified on the argument list."
14957 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14959 msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..."
14960 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
14965 "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple "
14966 "I<package-name>s are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by "
14967 "an empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
14973 "Each file diversion is printed on its own line after its diverted file, "
14974 "prefixed with one of the following localized strings:"
14982 " locally diverted to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14983 " package diverts others to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14984 " diverted by I<pkg> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14991 "B<Hint>: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale "
14992 "to B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results. On some systems this might also "
14993 "require adapting the B<LANGUAGE> environment variable appropriately if it is "
14994 "already set (see L<locale(7)>)."
15000 "This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor "
15001 "will it list alternatives."
15007 msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>"
15008 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
15013 "List control files installed to your system from I<package-name> (since dpkg "
15014 "1.16.5). These can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>."
15020 msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>"
15021 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
15026 "Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to "
15027 "the standard output (since dpkg 1.16.5)."
15033 msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]"
15034 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
15039 "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name> "
15040 "(since dpkg 1.15.4). If I<control-file> is specified then only list the "
15041 "path for that control file if it is present."
15047 "B<Warning>: This command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the "
15048 "internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and B<--"
15049 "control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the same "
15050 "end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where "
15051 "this command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm "
15052 "maintainer script), and while there is no good solution for that, this "
15053 "command will not get removed."
15057 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15059 msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..."
15060 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
15065 "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given patterns. "
15066 "Standard shell wildcard characters can be used in the pattern, where "
15067 "asterisk (B<*>) and question mark (B<?>) will match a slash, and backslash "
15068 "(B<\\>) will be used as an escape character."
15074 "If the first character in the I<filename-search-pattern> is none of ‘B<*[?/"
15075 ">’ then it will be considered a substring match and will be implicitly "
15076 "surrounded by ‘B<*>’ (as in B<*>I<filename-search-pattern>B<*>). If the "
15077 "subsequent string contains any of ‘B<*[?\\>’, then it will handled like a "
15078 "glob pattern, otherwise any trailing ‘B</>’ or ‘B</.>’ will be removed and a "
15079 "literal path lookup will be performed."
15085 "The output format consists of one line per matching pattern, with a list of "
15086 "packages owning the pathname separated by a comma (U+002C ‘B<,>’) and a "
15087 "space (U+0020 ‘B< >’), followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’) and a space, "
15088 "followed by the pathname. As in:"
15095 " pkgname1, pkgname2: pathname1\n"
15096 " pkgname3: pathname2\n"
15102 msgid "File diversions are printed with the following localized strings:"
15110 " diversion by I<pkgname> from: I<diverted-from>\n"
15111 " diversion by I<pkgname> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15117 msgid "or for local diversions:"
15125 " local diversion from: I<diverted-from>\n"
15126 " local diversion to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15133 "B<Hint>: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale "
15134 "to B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results."
15140 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> [I<package-name>...]"
15141 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
15146 "Display details about packages, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. If no "
15147 "I<package-name> is specified, it will display all package entries in the "
15148 "I<available> database (since dpkg 1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> "
15149 "are listed, the requested I<available> entries are separated by an empty "
15150 "line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
15156 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead "
15157 "as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using B<dselect>."
15163 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is "
15168 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15170 msgid "B<--root=>I<directory>"
15171 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
15174 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15176 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the administrative "
15177 "directory to «I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
15183 msgid "B<--load-avail>"
15184 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
15189 "Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> "
15190 "commands, which now default to only querying the status file (since dpkg "
15195 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15197 msgid "B<--no-pager>"
15198 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15201 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15204 "Disables the use of any pager when showing information (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
15205 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
15209 msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>"
15215 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
15216 "produce (short option since dpkg 1.13.1). The format is a string that will "
15217 "be output for each package listed."
15222 msgid "In the format string, “B<\\>” introduces escapes:"
15227 msgid "B<\\n> newline"
15232 msgid "B<\\r> carriage return"
15243 "“B<\\>” before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the "
15244 "following character, which is useful for “B<\\>” and “B<$>”."
15250 "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
15251 "package fields using the syntax “B<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Fields "
15252 "are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left "
15253 "alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they are "
15254 "not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or fields "
15255 "stored in the binary package end up in it):"
15261 msgid "B<Architecture>"
15262 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
15271 msgid "B<Conffiles> (internal)"
15276 msgid "B<Config-Version> (internal)"
15281 msgid "B<Conflicts>"
15297 msgid "B<Description>"
15298 msgstr "B<--version>"
15303 msgid "B<Description-md5> (internal, front-end related)"
15304 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15308 msgid "B<Enhances>"
15314 msgid "B<Protected>"
15315 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
15319 msgid "B<Essential>"
15324 msgid "B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
15330 msgid "B<Homepage>"
15331 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15335 msgid "B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)"
15340 msgid "B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
15346 msgid "B<Maintainer>"
15347 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15353 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15359 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
15364 msgid "B<Pre-Depends>"
15365 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15370 msgid "B<Priority>"
15371 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15376 msgid "B<Provides>"
15377 msgstr "B<--version>"
15382 msgid "B<Recommends>"
15383 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15387 msgid "B<Replaces>"
15392 msgid "B<Revision> (obsolete)"
15399 msgstr "B<--version>"
15403 msgid "B<SHA1> (internal, front-end related)"
15408 msgid "B<SHA256> (internal, front-end related)"
15413 msgid "B<SHA512> (internal, front-end related)"
15418 msgid "B<Size> (internal, front-end related)"
15425 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15430 msgid "B<Status> (internal)"
15431 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15435 msgid "B<Suggests>"
15440 msgid "B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)"
15445 msgid "B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)"
15450 msgid "B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)"
15457 msgstr "B<--version>"
15462 "The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values "
15463 "from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in "
15470 msgid "B<binary:Package>"
15471 msgstr "B<--version>"
15476 "It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier "
15477 "like “libc6:amd64” (since dpkg 1.16.2). An architecture qualifier will be "
15478 "present to make the package name unambiguous, for packages with a B<Multi-"
15479 "Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, which is "
15480 "an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
15486 msgid "B<binary:Synopsis>"
15487 msgstr "B<--version>"
15492 msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
15493 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
15498 msgid "B<binary:Summary>"
15499 msgstr "B<--version>"
15503 msgid "This is an alias for B<binary:Synopsis> (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
15508 msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>"
15514 "It contains the abbreviated package status (as three characters), such as "
15515 "“ii ” or “iHR” (since dpkg 1.16.2). See the B<--list> command description "
15516 "for more details."
15521 msgid "B<db:Status-Want>"
15527 "It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
15534 msgid "B<db:Status-Status>"
15535 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
15540 "It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
15546 msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>"
15552 "It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since "
15559 msgid "B<db-fsys:Files>"
15560 msgstr "B<config-files>"
15566 "It contains the list of the package filesystem entries separated by newlines "
15567 "(since dpkg 1.19.3)."
15568 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
15572 msgid "B<db-fsys:Last-Modified>"
15578 "It contains the timestamp in seconds of the last time the package filesystem "
15579 "entries were modified (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
15585 msgid "B<source:Package>"
15586 msgstr "B<--version>"
15591 "It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg "
15598 "It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg "
15606 "It contains the source package upstream version for this binary package "
15607 "(since dpkg 1.18.16)"
15608 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
15613 "The default format string is “B<${binary:Package}\\t${Version}\\n>”. "
15614 "Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined "
15615 "fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no "
15616 "conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the "
15617 "B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
15624 " dpkg-query -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\t${Maintainer}\\n' \\\n"
15632 msgid "The requested query was successfully performed."
15633 msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso."
15636 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15637 #: dpkg.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
15644 "The requested query failed either fully or partially, due to no file or "
15645 "package being found (except for B<--control-path>, B<--control-list> and B<--"
15646 "control-show> were such errors are fatal)."
15650 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15657 "Sets the program to execute when spawning a command via a shell (since dpkg "
15662 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15669 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15672 msgid "B<DPKG_PAGER>"
15678 "Sets the pager command to use (since dpkg 1.19.1), which will be executed "
15679 "with «B<$SHELL -c>». If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL%>» will "
15680 "be used instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment "
15681 "variable (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
15685 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15687 "If set and the B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as "
15688 "the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
15692 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15694 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
15695 "as the B<dpkg> data directory."
15699 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15706 "Defined by B<dpkg-query> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning "
15707 "a pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
15708 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
15709 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
15710 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
15714 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15716 "Query operations should never require root, and delegating their execution "
15717 "to unprivileged users via some gain-root command can have security "
15718 "implications (such as privilege escalation), for example when a pager is "
15719 "automatically invoked by the tool."
15723 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15724 msgid "dpkg-realpath - print the resolved pathname with DPKG_ROOT support"
15728 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15730 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
15731 msgid "B<dpkg-realpath> [I<option>...] I<pathname>"
15732 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
15735 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15737 "B<dpkg-realpath> is a tool (since dpkg 1.20.1) to resolve a pathname, that "
15738 "takes the L<dpkg(1)> root directory into account, either implicitly from the "
15739 "B<DPKG_ROOT> environment variable or from the command-line B<--root> or B<--"
15740 "instdir> options, and returns an absolute I<pathname> relative to the root "
15741 "directory. The root directory must not be prefixed to the I<pathname> to be "
15746 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15748 "This is intended to be used by other B<dpkg> helpers, or by maintainer "
15749 "scripts instead of using L<realpath(1)> or L<readlink(1)> to canonicalize "
15750 "pathnames, as these latter commands do not support canonicalization relative "
15751 "to a different root than F</>."
15755 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15757 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.20.1."
15758 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
15761 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15763 msgid "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
15764 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
15767 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15769 "Use a NUL byte to end output lines instead of a new line character (since "
15774 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15776 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which is the base directory that "
15777 "pathnames get canonicalized against. Defaults to «B</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
15782 #: dpkg-realpath.pod update-alternatives.pod
15784 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
15785 "will be used as the filesystem root directory."
15789 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15790 msgid "L<realpath(1)>, L<readlink(1)>."
15794 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15795 msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files"
15799 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15801 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-path> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
15802 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
15806 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15808 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
15809 "creates a Packages file, used by L<apt(8)>, L<dselect(1)>, etc, to tell the "
15810 "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are "
15811 "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and media discs. You might "
15812 "use B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to "
15813 "install on a cluster of machines."
15817 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15819 "B<Note>: If you want to access the generated Packages file with L<apt(8)> "
15820 "you will probably need to compress the file with L<xz(1)> (generating a "
15821 "Packages.xz file), L<bzip2(1)> (generating a Packages.bz2 file) or "
15822 "L<gzip(1)> (generating a Packages.gz file). L<apt(8)> ignores uncompressed "
15823 "Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
15827 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15829 "I<binary-path> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process "
15830 "(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to "
15831 "the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new "
15832 "Packages file will start with this string."
15836 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15838 "I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
15839 "about how the package fits into the distribution (the file can be compressed "
15840 "since dpkg 1.15.5); see L<deb-override(5)>."
15844 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15846 "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields."
15850 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15852 "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
15853 "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
15854 "architecture only the first one found is used."
15858 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15860 msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
15864 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15865 msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb."
15869 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
15871 msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>"
15872 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
15875 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15877 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed "
15878 "since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-extra-override(5)> for more information on "
15883 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15885 msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>"
15886 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
15889 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15891 "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of "
15892 "scanning for all debs."
15896 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15898 msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>"
15899 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
15902 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15904 "Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified (since dpkg "
15905 "1.17.14). The default is to generate all currently supported hashes. "
15906 "Supported values: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>."
15910 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15912 msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>"
15913 msgstr "B<--version>"
15916 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15917 msgid "Include all found packages in the output."
15921 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15923 msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>"
15924 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
15927 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15929 "Add an B<X-Medium> field containing the value I<id-string> (since dpkg "
15930 "1.15.5). This field is required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> "
15931 "files for use by the B<media> access method of B<dselect>."
15935 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
15936 #: update-alternatives.pod
15938 msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
15939 msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS"
15942 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15944 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
15945 "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
15946 "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
15947 "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
15951 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15954 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dselect(1)>, L<deb-override(5)>, L<deb-extra-override(5)>, "
15955 "L<dpkg-scansources(1)>."
15957 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
15961 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15962 msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files"
15966 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15968 "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
15969 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
15973 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15975 "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These "
15976 "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout."
15980 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15982 "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
15983 "index stanzas and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
15984 "files. The file can be compressed (since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-"
15985 "override(5)> for the format of this file."
15989 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15991 "B<Note>: Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source packages, "
15992 "there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the "
15993 "highest priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for "
15994 "the priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first "
15995 "binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. "
15996 "This might change."
16000 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16002 "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
16003 "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
16004 "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
16008 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16010 "B<Note>: If you want to access the generated Sources file with L<apt(8)> you "
16011 "will probably need to compress the file with L<gzip(1)> (generating a "
16012 "Sources.gz file). L<apt(8)> ignores uncompressed Sources files except on "
16013 "local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
16017 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16019 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
16020 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
16023 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16025 "Do not sort the index stanzas. Normally they are sorted by source package "
16030 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16032 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (since dpkg 1.15.4; the file "
16033 "can be compressed since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-extra-override(5)> for more "
16034 "information on its format."
16038 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16039 msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
16043 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16045 "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed since "
16046 "dpkg 1.15.5). The default is the name of the override file you specified "
16047 "with I<.src> appended."
16051 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16053 "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
16054 "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
16055 "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
16056 "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
16057 "the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
16061 #: dpkg-scansources.pod update-alternatives.pod
16064 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
16067 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16068 msgid "Turn debugging on."
16072 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16074 msgid "L<deb-override(5)>, L<deb-extra-override(5)>, L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
16076 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
16080 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16081 msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies"
16085 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16087 msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>] I<executable> [I<option>...]"
16088 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
16091 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16093 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
16094 "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
16095 "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:>I<dependency-"
16096 "field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency field name. Any other "
16097 "variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file."
16101 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16103 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate "
16104 "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For "
16105 "each binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of "
16106 "libraries that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either "
16107 "the I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or "
16108 "if debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are "
16109 "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available "
16110 "as %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>."
16111 "I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library "
16112 "file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would "
16113 "use), then use B<dpkg -S> I<library-file> to lookup the package providing "
16118 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16119 msgid "Symbols files"
16123 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16125 "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the "
16126 "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script "
16127 "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the "
16128 "following places (first match is used):"
16132 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16133 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols"
16137 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16139 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
16140 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>. "
16141 "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The "
16142 "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from "
16143 "other binary packages."
16147 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16148 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
16152 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16153 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols"
16157 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16159 "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the "
16160 "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -"
16161 "qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
16165 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16166 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols”"
16170 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16172 "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden "
16173 "by B<--admindir>, those files are located in %ADMINDIR%."
16177 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16179 "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers "
16180 "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the "
16181 "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library "
16182 "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)."
16186 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16188 "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a B<Build-Depends-"
16189 "Package> or B<Build-Depends-Packages> meta-information field and B<dpkg-"
16190 "shlibdeps> will extract the minimal version required by the corresponding "
16191 "package in the B<Build-Depends> field and use this version if it's higher "
16192 "than the minimal version computed by scanning symbols."
16196 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16197 msgid "Shlibs files"
16201 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16203 "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking "
16204 "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe "
16205 "and easy to handle."
16209 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16211 "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first "
16212 "file providing information for the library of interest is used:"
16216 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16217 msgid "debian/shlibs.local"
16221 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16222 msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
16226 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16227 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override"
16231 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16232 msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
16236 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16237 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs"
16241 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16243 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
16244 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a "
16245 "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence "
16246 "over shlibs files from other binary packages."
16250 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16251 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs”"
16255 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16256 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default"
16260 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16261 msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
16265 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16267 "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are "
16268 "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker "
16269 "than another dependency)."
16273 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16275 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
16276 "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
16280 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16281 msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
16285 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16287 "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
16288 "I<executable>. This option can be used multiple times."
16292 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16294 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
16295 "libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times."
16299 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16301 msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>"
16302 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
16305 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16307 "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
16308 "I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
16309 "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)"
16313 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16315 "The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after "
16316 "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default "
16317 "I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>."
16321 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16323 "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
16324 "one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
16325 "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will "
16326 "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one "
16327 "representing the most important dependencies."
16331 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16333 msgid "B<--package=>I<package>"
16334 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
16337 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16339 msgid "Define the package name."
16340 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
16343 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16345 "When specified, the package name will be used to change defaults based on "
16346 "the binary package metadata in F<debian/control>."
16350 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16352 "If the package is B<Essential: yes>, then the default dependency field is "
16353 "B<Pre-Depends>, otherwise B<Depends>. The default package type is set from "
16354 "the B<Package-Type> field. The package is added to the set of packages "
16355 "excluded by B<-x>."
16359 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16361 msgid "Option supported since dpkg 1.22.7."
16362 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
16365 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16367 msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>"
16368 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
16371 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16373 "Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:"
16374 ">. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with I<varname-"
16375 "prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the substitution "
16380 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16382 "Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if "
16383 "specified, since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than being added to the substitution "
16384 "variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)."
16388 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16389 msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
16393 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16395 "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package "
16396 "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged "
16397 "information. The default package type is B<deb>. Shared library dependency "
16398 "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the "
16399 "type, a colon, and whitespace."
16403 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16405 msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>"
16406 msgstr "I<control>"
16409 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16411 "Read overriding shared library dependency information from I<local-shlibs-"
16412 "file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
16416 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16418 "Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
16423 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16429 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16431 "Enable verbose mode (since dpkg 1.14.8). Numerous messages are displayed to "
16432 "explain what B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does."
16436 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16438 msgid "B<-x>I<package>"
16439 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
16442 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16444 "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies (since dpkg 1.14.8). "
16445 "This is useful to avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF "
16446 "binaries (executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the "
16447 "same package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several "
16452 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16454 msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>"
16455 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
16458 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16460 "Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library (since "
16461 "dpkg 1.14.15). This is useful when the source package builds multiple "
16462 "flavors of the same library and you want to ensure that you get the "
16463 "dependency from a given binary package. You can use this option multiple "
16464 "times: directories will be tried in the same order before directories of "
16465 "other binary packages."
16469 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16471 msgid "B<-I>I<package-build-dir>"
16472 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
16475 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16477 "Ignore I<package-build-dir> when looking for shlibs, symbols, and shared "
16478 "library files (since dpkg 1.18.5). You can use this option multiple times."
16482 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16483 msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>"
16487 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16489 "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library "
16490 "(since dpkg 1.14.8). Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries "
16491 "should provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with "
16492 "symbols files) even if they are not yet used by other packages."
16496 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16497 msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>"
16501 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16503 "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by "
16504 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> (since dpkg 1.14.17). Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning "
16505 "“symbol I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries”, bit 1 "
16506 "(value=2) enables the warning “package could avoid a useless dependency” and "
16507 "bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning “I<binary> should not be linked against "
16508 "I<library>”. The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active "
16509 "by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings "
16514 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16516 "Sets the host architecture. This affects the objects and symbols files "
16517 "searched for and their default search pathnames."
16521 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16526 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16528 "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of "
16529 "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They "
16530 "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, "
16531 "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of "
16532 "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:"
16536 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16538 "B<symbol> I<sym> B<used by> I<binary> B<found in none of the libraries.>"
16542 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16544 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
16545 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked "
16546 "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> "
16551 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16553 "I<binary> B<contains an unresolvable reference to symbol> I<sym>B<: it's "
16554 "probably a plugin>"
16558 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16560 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
16561 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably "
16562 "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't "
16563 "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be "
16564 "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a "
16565 "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared "
16566 "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. "
16567 "But there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that "
16568 "programs linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds "
16569 "it. In that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed."
16573 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16575 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binary> B<was not linked "
16576 "against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the library's symbols)>"
16580 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16582 "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the "
16583 "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would "
16584 "avoid the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency "
16585 "is also generated by another library that is really used)."
16589 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16591 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binaries> B<were not linked "
16592 "against> I<library> B<(they use none of the library's symbols)>"
16596 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16597 msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries."
16601 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16603 "I<binary> B<should not be linked against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the "
16604 "library's symbols)>"
16608 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16610 "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a "
16611 "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be "
16612 "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks "
16613 "the same information as the previous one but does it for each binary instead "
16614 "of doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed."
16618 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16623 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16625 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a "
16626 "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either "
16627 "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is "
16628 "versioned (libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should "
16629 "not have a SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned."
16633 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16635 "B<couldn't find library> I<library-soname> B<needed by> I<binary> B<(its "
16636 "RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>"
16640 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16642 "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
16643 "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of "
16644 "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the "
16645 "binary, directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the "
16646 "B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, cross multiarch directories (ex. /"
16647 "lib/arm64-linux-gnu, /usr/lib/arm64-linux-gnu), standard public directories "
16648 "(/lib, /usr/lib), directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, and obsolete "
16649 "multilib directories (/lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it "
16650 "checks those directories in the package's build tree of the binary being "
16651 "analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> command-line "
16652 "option, in other packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or "
16653 "DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If the library is "
16654 "not found in any of those directories, then you get this error."
16658 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16660 "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then "
16661 "you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package "
16662 "being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this "
16663 "package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory "
16664 "if it also is in a private directory."
16668 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16670 "B<no dependency information found for> I<library-file> B<(used by> "
16675 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16677 "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in "
16678 "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency "
16679 "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to "
16680 "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S> I<library-"
16681 "file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in "
16682 "%ADMINDIR%/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/"
16687 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16689 "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the "
16690 "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within "
16691 "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in "
16692 "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling "
16693 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found "
16694 "under a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl."
16695 "so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any "
16696 "package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback "
16697 "on a canonical name (using L<realpath(3)>) but it might not always work. "
16698 "It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems."
16702 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16704 "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more "
16705 "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This "
16706 "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error."
16710 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16713 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-shlibs(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-"
16716 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
16721 msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool"
16727 msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>"
16728 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
16732 msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
16738 "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
16739 "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
16746 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]"
16747 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
16752 "Extract a source package (B<--extract> since dpkg 1.17.14). One non-option "
16753 "argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file (B<."
16754 "dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to specify "
16755 "the directory to extract the source package to, this must not exist. If no "
16756 "output directory is specified, the source package is extracted into a "
16757 "directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current working directory."
16763 "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source "
16764 "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory "
16771 "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
16772 "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
16773 "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will "
16774 "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' "
16775 "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will "
16776 "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership."
16782 "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all "
16783 "formats except “1.0”), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> so "
16784 "that the following builds of the source package use the same format by "
16790 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]"
16796 "Build a source package (B<--build> since dpkg 1.17.14). The first non-"
16797 "option argument is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
16798 "debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and maybe changes "
16799 "to the original files). Depending on the source package format used to "
16800 "build the package, additional parameters might be accepted."
16806 "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in "
16807 "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line "
16808 "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, “1.0”. The "
16809 "fallback to “1.0” is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the "
16810 "future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/"
16811 "source/format>. See section L</SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive "
16812 "description of the various source package formats."
16818 msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>"
16819 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
16824 "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if "
16825 "B<dpkg-source --build> I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and "
16826 "with the same parameters; since dpkg 1.15.5)."
16832 msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>"
16833 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
16838 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
16839 "1.15.8). This hook is called before any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
16840 "buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules clean>). This "
16841 "command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source "
16842 "formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually prepare "
16843 "the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that the Debian "
16844 "patches are applied."
16850 msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>"
16851 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
16856 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
16857 "1.15.8). This hook is called after any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
16858 "buildpackage> calls it last). This command is idempotent and can be called "
16859 "multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this hook, "
16860 "and those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has done."
16866 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..."
16867 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
16872 "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory> (since dpkg "
16873 "1.16.1). This command can take supplementary parameters depending on the "
16874 "source format. It will error out for formats where this operation doesn't "
16881 "Show the usage message and exit. The format specific build and extract "
16882 "options can be shown by using the B<--format> option."
16888 msgid "Generic build options"
16889 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
16894 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
16895 "default is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is "
16896 "interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory."
16902 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
16903 "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
16904 "starting at the source tree's top level directory."
16910 msgid "B<--format=>I<value>"
16911 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
16916 "Use the given format for building the source package (since dpkg 1.14.17). "
16917 "It does override any format given in B<debian/source/format>."
16923 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read "
16924 "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
16925 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
16930 msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>"
16936 "Specify the compression to use for created tarballs and diff files (B<--"
16937 "compression> since dpkg 1.15.5). Note that this option will not cause "
16938 "existing tarballs to be recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported "
16939 "values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for "
16940 "formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported "
16941 "since dpkg 1.15.5."
16946 msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>"
16952 "Compression level to use (B<--compression-level> since dpkg 1.15.5). As "
16953 "with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. Supported values are: I<1> "
16954 "to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> "
16960 msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
16966 "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
16967 "out of the list of files for the diff (B<--diff-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). "
16968 "(This list is generated by a find command.) (If the source package is being "
16969 "built as a version 3 source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore "
16970 "uncommitted changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)"
16976 "The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex "
16977 "(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of "
16978 "B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories "
16979 "of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and "
16980 "Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of "
16981 "multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect."
16987 "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
16988 "the diff, for example if you maintain your source in a revision control "
16989 "system and want to use a checkout to build a source package without "
16990 "including the additional files and directories that it will usually contain "
16991 "(e.g. CVS/, .cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very "
16992 "exhaustive, but if you need to replace it, please note that by default it "
16993 "can match any part of a path, so if you want to match the begin of a "
16994 "filename or only full filenames, you will need to provide the necessary "
16995 "anchors (e.g. ‘(^|/)’, ‘($|/)’) yourself."
17000 msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>"
17006 "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by "
17007 "B<--diff-ignore> and its current value, if set (since dpkg 1.15.6). It does "
17008 "this by concatenating “B<|>I<regex>” to the existing value. This option is "
17009 "convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated "
17010 "files from the automatic patch generation."
17015 msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]"
17021 "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to L<tar(1)>'s B<--"
17022 "exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file (B<--"
17023 "tar-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar skip "
17024 "over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be "
17025 "repeated multiple times to list multiple patterns to exclude."
17031 "B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out "
17032 "control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, "
17033 "backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories."
17039 "B<Note>: While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very "
17040 "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes "
17041 "a perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full "
17042 "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a "
17043 "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full "
17044 "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact "
17045 "semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see L<https://"
17046 "www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards> for a full documentation."
17052 "The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of "
17053 "the B<--help> command."
17058 msgid "Generic extract options"
17064 msgid "B<--no-copy>"
17065 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17070 "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package (since dpkg "
17077 msgid "B<--no-check>"
17078 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17083 "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
17089 msgid "B<--no-overwrite-dir>"
17090 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
17095 "Do not overwrite the extraction directory if it already exists (since dpkg "
17101 msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>"
17107 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP "
17108 "signature that can be verified (since dpkg 1.15.0) either with the user's "
17109 "I<trustedkeys.gpg> keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of "
17110 "the official Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg>, I</"
17111 "usr/share/keyrings/debian-nonupload.gpg> and I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-"
17112 "maintainers.gpg>)."
17117 msgid "B<--require-strong-checksums>"
17123 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it does not contain any strong "
17124 "checksums (since dpkg 1.18.7). Currently the only known checksum considered "
17125 "strong is B<SHA-256>."
17131 msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>"
17132 msgstr "B<--version>"
17137 "Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning (since "
17138 "dpkg 1.17.7). This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient "
17139 "source packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility."
17145 msgid "Generic general options"
17146 msgstr "B<config-files>"
17151 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
17152 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.14)."
17157 msgid "Sets quiet mode to suppress warnings."
17163 msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS"
17164 msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES"
17169 "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either "
17170 "“3.0 (quilt)” or “3.0 (native)”. See L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/"
17171 "DebSrc3.0> for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian."
17176 msgid "Format: 1.0"
17182 "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> "
17183 "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package "
17184 "is said to be I<native>). Optionally the original tarball might be "
17185 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature B<.orig.tar.gz.asc>, extraction "
17186 "supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
17191 msgid "B<Extracting>"
17197 "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in "
17198 "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first "
17199 "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the "
17200 "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the "
17201 "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading "
17202 "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new "
17203 "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but cannot remove "
17204 "files (empty files will be left over) and cannot create or change symlinks."
17209 msgid "B<Building>"
17215 "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source "
17216 "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original "
17217 "tarball in a separate “.orig” directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> by "
17218 "comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory."
17224 msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>"
17225 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
17230 "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the "
17231 "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a "
17232 "Debian-specific one and so has no debianization diffs. If no second "
17233 "argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source "
17234 "tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original "
17235 "source directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments."
17241 "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
17242 "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
17243 "sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
17249 "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default "
17250 "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave "
17251 "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current "
17252 "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into "
17253 "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff."
17264 msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards."
17270 "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default "
17271 "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a "
17272 "new original source archive from it."
17277 msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used."
17283 "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a "
17284 "tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the "
17285 "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the "
17286 "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated."
17292 "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. "
17293 "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used "
17294 "for Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source "
17295 "and therefore have no debianization diffs."
17301 msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>"
17302 msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>"
17307 "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a "
17308 "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string "
17309 "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack "
17310 "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-"
17311 "sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source "
17312 "and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found "
17313 "it will assume that the package has no debianization diffs, only a "
17314 "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are "
17315 "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-"
17316 "sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-"
17317 "sa> was specified. B<-sa> is the default."
17322 msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>"
17328 "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of "
17329 "the debian sub-directory (since dpkg 1.15.8). This option is not allowed in "
17330 "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
17335 msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>"
17340 msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
17346 "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a "
17347 "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an "
17348 "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is "
17354 msgid "Unpacks the original source tree."
17360 "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory "
17361 "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is "
17368 "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than "
17369 "one only the last one will be used."
17375 msgid "B<--skip-debianization>"
17376 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
17381 "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources (since "
17387 msgid "Format: 2.0"
17393 "Extraction supported since dpkg 1.13.9, building supported since dpkg "
17394 "1.14.8. Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-"
17395 "spread usage, the format “3.0 (quilt)” replaces it. Wig&pen was the first "
17396 "specification of a new-generation source package format."
17402 "The behavior of this format is the same as the “3.0 (quilt)” format except "
17403 "that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in B<debian/"
17404 "patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\w-]+> must be valid "
17405 "patches: they are applied at extraction time."
17411 "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is "
17412 "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>."
17417 msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)"
17423 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is an extension of the native "
17424 "package format as defined in the 1.0 format. It supports all compression "
17425 "methods and will ignore by default any VCS specific files and directories as "
17426 "well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-I> option "
17427 "in the B<--help> output)."
17432 msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)"
17438 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. A source package in this format contains at "
17439 "least an original tarball (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, "
17440 "B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It "
17441 "can also contain additional original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar."
17442 ">I<ext>). I<component> can only contain alphanumeric (‘a-zA-Z0-9’) "
17443 "characters and hyphens (‘-’). Optionally each original tarball can be "
17444 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc> and "
17445 "B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc>), extraction supported since dpkg "
17446 "1.17.20, building supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
17452 "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original "
17453 "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part "
17454 "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian "
17455 "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of "
17456 "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must "
17457 "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files "
17458 "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)."
17464 "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/>I<vendor>B<.series> or B<debian/"
17465 "patches/series> are then applied, where I<vendor> will be the lowercase name "
17466 "of the current vendor, or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the "
17467 "former file is used and the latter one doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then "
17468 "the latter is replaced with a symlink to the former. This is meant to "
17469 "simplify usage of B<quilt> to manage the set of patches. Vendor-specific "
17470 "series files are intended to make it possible to serialize multiple "
17471 "development branches based on the vendor, in a declarative way, in "
17472 "preference to open-coding this handling in B<debian/rules>. This is "
17473 "particularly useful when the source would need to be patched conditionally "
17474 "because the affected files do not have built-in conditional occlusion "
17475 "support. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series "
17476 "files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line "
17477 "after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those "
17478 "options and always expects patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> "
17479 "option of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such "
17480 "options, and the build is likely to fail."
17486 "Note that L<lintian(1)> will emit unconditional warnings when using vendor "
17487 "series due to a controversial Debian specific ruling, which should not "
17488 "affect any external usage; to silence these, the dpkg lintian profile can be "
17489 "used by passing «B<--profile dpkg>» to L<lintian(1)>."
17495 "The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the extraction time of the "
17496 "source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading to problems when "
17497 "autogenerated files are patched)."
17503 "Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behavior, patches are expected to apply "
17504 "without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such "
17505 "patches with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to "
17512 "Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behavior, the patches can remove files too."
17519 "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied "
17520 "during the extraction."
17526 "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a "
17527 "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the "
17528 "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches "
17529 "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-"
17530 "changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary "
17531 "directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-"
17532 "empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> "
17533 "has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch. If "
17534 "the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series "
17535 "file and from the B<quilt> metadata."
17541 "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus "
17542 "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that "
17543 "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/"
17544 "include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in "
17545 "the debian sub-directory unless they have been allowed through B<debian/"
17546 "source/include-binaries>."
17552 "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used "
17553 "to generate the debian tarball."
17559 "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific "
17560 "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> "
17561 "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used "
17562 "by B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch."
17568 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that "
17569 "all patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build "
17570 "always has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches "
17571 "(they are listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), "
17572 "and if the first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will "
17573 "apply them all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this "
17579 msgid "B<Recording changes>"
17585 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]"
17586 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
17591 "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by "
17592 "the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the "
17593 "name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked "
17594 "interactively. If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch "
17595 "corresponding to the local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor "
17596 "(the first one found from B<sensible-editor>, C<$VISUAL>, C<$EDITOR>, B<vi>) "
17597 "is launched so that you can edit the meta-information in the patch header."
17603 "Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-"
17604 "generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after "
17605 "integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must "
17606 "already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must "
17607 "not have supplementary unrecorded changes."
17613 "If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be "
17614 "automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up "
17615 "in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries --"
17616 "build> would do)."
17622 msgid "B<Build options>"
17623 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
17628 msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>"
17629 msgstr "B<--version>"
17634 "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the "
17635 "B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know "
17636 "about it (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). Effectively this says that the given "
17637 "version of the B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that "
17638 "B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is "
17639 "stored in B<.pc/.version>."
17645 msgid "B<--include-removal>"
17646 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
17651 "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated "
17657 msgid "B<--include-timestamp>"
17662 msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch."
17668 msgid "B<--include-binaries>"
17669 msgstr "B<config-files>"
17674 "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/"
17675 "source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds "
17676 "and this option is thus no more needed."
17682 msgid "B<--no-preparation>"
17683 msgstr "B<--version>"
17688 "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are "
17689 "apparently unapplied (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
17695 msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>"
17696 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
17701 "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-"
17702 "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during "
17703 "build (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). This option is particularly useful when the "
17704 "package is maintained in a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. "
17705 "Instead the current diff with upstream should be stored in a single patch. "
17706 "The option would be put in B<debian/source/local-options> and would be "
17707 "accompanied by a B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the "
17708 "Debian changes can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used."
17713 msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>"
17719 "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and "
17720 "if there are supplementary original tarballs (since dpkg 1.15.6). This "
17721 "option is meant to be used when the source package is just a bundle of "
17722 "multiple upstream software and where there's no “main” software."
17728 msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>"
17734 "By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the B<--"
17735 "after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build> (B<--unapply-"
17736 "patches> since dpkg 1.15.8, B<--no-unapply-patches> since dpkg 1.16.5). "
17737 "Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch "
17738 "unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in B<debian/source/"
17739 "local-options> so that all generated source packages have the same behavior "
17746 "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated (since dpkg "
17747 "1.15.8). This option can be used to ensure that all changes were properly "
17748 "recorded in separate B<quilt> patches prior to the source package build. "
17749 "This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be used in "
17750 "B<debian/source/local-options>."
17756 msgid "B<--auto-commit>"
17757 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17762 "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead "
17763 "it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series."
17768 msgid "B<Extract options>"
17774 "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources (since "
17781 msgid "B<--skip-patches>"
17787 msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
17788 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
17792 msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)"
17798 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is special. It doesn't represent "
17799 "a real source package format but can be used to create source packages with "
17806 "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated "
17807 "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current "
17808 "directory. At least one file must be given."
17814 msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>"
17815 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
17820 "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The "
17821 "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not "
17827 msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)"
17832 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental."
17838 "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git "
17839 "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a B<."
17840 "gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone."
17846 "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there "
17847 "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as I<.git/shallow> inside the cloned "
17854 "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked "
17855 "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically “main”, but it "
17856 "could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under I<remotes/"
17863 "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have "
17864 "any non-ignored uncommitted changes."
17870 "L<git-bundle(1)> is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By "
17871 "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle."
17877 msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>"
17878 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
17883 "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the "
17884 "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified "
17885 "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. "
17886 "It may also be any parameter that can be passed to L<git-rev-list(1)>. For "
17887 "example, to include only the main branch, use B<--git-ref=>main. To include "
17888 "all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use B<--git-ref=>--all "
17889 "B<--git-ref=>^private"
17895 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
17896 msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>"
17897 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
17902 "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of "
17908 msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)"
17914 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental. It generates a "
17915 "single tarball containing the bzr repository."
17921 "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch."
17927 "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a "
17928 "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a "
17929 "tarball, various cleanup are done to save space."
17934 msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format"
17940 "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the "
17941 "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format “1.0” is assumed "
17942 "when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some point "
17943 "in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file doesn't "
17950 "The rationale is that format “1.0” is no longer the recommended format, you "
17951 "should usually pick one of the newer formats (“3.0 (quilt)”, “3.0 (native)”) "
17952 "but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If you want to "
17953 "continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it and put “1.0” "
17954 "in B<debian/source/format>."
17959 msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files"
17965 "When using source format “1.0” it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream "
17966 "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ."
17967 "diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the "
17968 "debian directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you "
17969 "can also use the format “3.0 (quilt)” that offers this natively."
17974 msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>"
17980 "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all "
17981 "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of "
17982 "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different "
17983 "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you "
17984 "will get this error message."
17989 msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff"
17995 "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not "
17996 "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it."
18001 msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
18007 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable "
18008 "permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you "
18014 msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
18020 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions "
18021 "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact."
18027 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) to "
18028 "clamp the mtime in the L<tar(5)> file entries."
18032 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
18034 msgid "Since dpkg 1.18.11."
18035 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
18049 msgid "Used by the “2.0” and “3.0 (quilt)” source format modules."
18055 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
18057 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
18062 msgid "B<GIT_INDEX_FILE>"
18063 msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
18067 msgid "B<GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY>"
18072 msgid "B<GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES>"
18077 msgid "B<GIT_WORK_TREE>"
18082 msgid "Used by the “3.0 (git)” source format modules."
18087 msgid "debian/source/format"
18093 "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build "
18094 "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or "
18095 "trailing spaces are allowed."
18101 msgid "debian/source/include-binaries"
18102 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18107 "This file contains a list of pathnames of binary files (one per line) "
18108 "relative to the source root directory that should be included in the debian "
18109 "tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. Lines starting with "
18110 "‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are ignored."
18116 msgid "debian/source/options"
18117 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18122 "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically "
18123 "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or "
18124 "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--"
18125 "compression-level> are well suited for this file."
18131 "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines "
18132 "starting with ‘B<#>’ are ignored. The leading ‘B<-->’ should be stripped "
18133 "and short options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the "
18134 "‘B<=>’ symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an "
18135 "example of such a file:"
18142 " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n"
18143 " compression = \"bzip2\"\n"
18144 " compression-level = 9\n"
18145 " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n"
18146 " single-debian-patch\n"
18147 " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n"
18148 " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n"
18155 "B<Note>: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use "
18156 "B<debian/source/format> instead."
18162 msgid "debian/source/local-options"
18163 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18168 "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included "
18169 "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference "
18170 "tied to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is "
18177 msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header"
18178 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18183 msgid "debian/source/patch-header"
18184 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18189 "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in "
18190 "formats “2.0” or “3.0 (quilt)”. B<local-patch-header> is not included in "
18191 "the generated source package while B<patch-header> is."
18196 msgid "debian/patches/I<vendor>.series"
18201 msgid "debian/patches/series"
18207 "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on "
18208 "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are "
18209 "stripped. The I<vendor> will be the lowercase name of the current vendor, "
18210 "or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the vendor-specific series "
18211 "file does not exist, the vendor-less series file will be used. Lines "
18212 "starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are "
18213 "ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to the "
18214 "B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end of "
18215 "line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the "
18216 "first ‘B<#>’ preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a "
18217 "comment up to the end of line)."
18223 "Examining untrusted source packages or extracting them into staging "
18224 "directories should be considered a security boundary, and any breakage of "
18225 "that boundary stemming from these operations should be considered a security "
18226 "vulnerability. But handling untrusted source packages should not be done "
18227 "lightly, as the surface area includes any compression command supported, "
18228 "commands to handle specific data formats (such as L<tar(1)> or L<patch(1)>) "
18229 "in addition to the source package formats and control files themselves. "
18230 "Performing these operations over untrusted data as root is strongly "
18236 msgid "Building source packages should only be performed over trusted data."
18242 "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
18243 "output field settings is rather confused."
18250 "L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-changelog(5)>, L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<dsc(5)>."
18252 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
18257 msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
18263 msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18264 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
18269 "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
18270 "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
18271 "small media such as floppy disks."
18277 "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
18284 "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
18285 "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
18286 "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
18287 "discard> options allow the management of the queue."
18293 "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
18294 "on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
18299 msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
18304 msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
18310 "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
18311 "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
18318 "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
18319 "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
18325 msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..."
18326 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
18331 "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
18332 "as it was before it was split."
18338 "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
18339 "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
18340 "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
18346 "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
18347 "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
18348 "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>."
18353 msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
18359 "By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
18366 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..."
18367 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
18372 "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
18373 "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
18374 "saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
18380 msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output> I<part>"
18381 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
18385 msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
18391 "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
18392 "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
18398 "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
18399 "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
18400 "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)."
18406 "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
18413 "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
18414 "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status "
18421 "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If "
18422 "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
18429 msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>"
18430 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
18434 msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
18440 "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
18441 "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
18442 "stored in the queue."
18448 msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]"
18449 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
18454 "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
18455 "of their packages."
18461 "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
18462 "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
18468 msgid "B<--depotdir> I<directory>"
18469 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
18475 "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
18476 "reassembly. The default is B<%ADMINDIR%/parts>."
18478 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
18479 "algo diferente do padrão."
18485 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10). This "
18486 "is where the I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
18487 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
18489 "Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo "
18490 "diferente do padrão."
18495 "Set the root directory to B<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10), which sets the "
18496 "installation directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
18497 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not been set."
18503 msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>"
18509 "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). "
18510 "The default is 450 KiB."
18515 msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>"
18520 msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
18526 "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is "
18527 "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
18533 msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>"
18534 msgstr "B<--quiet>"
18539 "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
18540 "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
18541 "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
18542 "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
18549 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
18554 "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be MSDOS-compatible."
18560 "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
18561 "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
18562 "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded."
18568 "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
18569 "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
18575 "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands "
18576 "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts."
18582 "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a "
18583 "binary package part."
18589 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, a file that "
18590 "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, or interactions with the "
18591 "system, such as accesses to the database, memory allocations, etc."
18597 "If set and B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as the "
18598 "filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
18604 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
18605 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
18611 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
18612 "L<deb-split(5)>'s L<ar(5)> container."
18618 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>"
18619 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
18624 "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
18630 "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
18631 "split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
18632 "filename format should not be relied upon."
18638 "Examining or joining untrusted split package archives should be considered a "
18639 "security boundary, and any breakage of that boundary stemming from these "
18640 "operations should be considered a security vulnerability. Performing these "
18641 "operations over untrusted data as root is strongly discouraged."
18647 "Auto-accumulating and discarding split package parts are considered "
18648 "privileged operations that might allow root escalation. These operations "
18649 "must never be delegated to an untrusted user or be done on untrusted "
18650 "packages, as that might allow root access to the system."
18655 msgid "Splitting package archives should only be performed over trusted data."
18661 "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
18662 "digging into the queue directory yourself."
18668 "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
18675 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
18677 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
18681 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18682 msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
18686 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18688 msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18689 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
18692 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18694 "“B<stat overrides>” are a way to tell L<dpkg(1)> to use a different owner or "
18695 "mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any filesystem "
18696 "object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, etc.). This "
18697 "can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be install without "
18698 "a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group."
18702 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18704 "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
18705 "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
18709 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18710 msgid "B<--add> I<user group mode path>"
18714 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18716 "Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist nor be known to "
18717 "B<dpkg> when this command is used; the override will be stored and used "
18718 "later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> "
18719 "or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a ‘B<#>’ "
18720 "(for example B<#0> or B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in "
18725 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18727 "If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the "
18728 "new owner and mode."
18732 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18734 msgid "B<--remove> I<path>"
18735 msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
18738 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18740 "Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by "
18745 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18747 "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
18748 "overrides which match the glob."
18752 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18754 msgid "B<--force-help>"
18755 msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>"
18758 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18760 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
18761 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18762 msgstr "Ajuda com as opções B<--force->I<coisa>."
18765 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18767 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This is where the "
18768 "I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
18769 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
18773 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18775 msgid "B<--force->I<things>"
18776 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18779 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18781 msgid "B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
18782 msgstr "B<--force->I<coisas> | B<--no-force->I<coisas> | B<--refuse->I<coisas>"
18785 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18788 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
18789 "things (since dpkg 1.19.5). I<things> is a comma separated list of things "
18790 "specified below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. "
18791 "Things marked with (*) are forced by default."
18793 "Força ou rejeita (B<no-force> e B<refuse> são a mesma coisa) a fazer "
18794 "algumas coisas. I<coisas> é uma lista separada por vírgulas de coisas "
18795 "especificadas abaixo. B<--force-help> exibe uma mensagem descrevendo-as. "
18796 "Coisas marcadas com (*) são forçadas por padrão."
18799 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18802 "B<Warning>: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
18803 "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
18806 "I<Atenção: A maior parte dessas opções devem ser usadas apenas por experts. "
18807 "Usá-las sem o completo conhecimento de seus efeitos pode quebrar todo seu "
18811 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18817 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18819 msgid "Turns on (or off) all force options."
18820 msgstr "B<all>: Liga (ou desliga) todas as opções de força."
18823 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18825 msgid "B<statoverride-add>:"
18826 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
18829 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18830 msgid "Overwrite an existing stat override when adding it (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18834 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18836 msgid "B<statoverride-remove>:"
18837 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
18840 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18841 msgid "Ignore a missing stat override when removing it (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18845 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18846 msgid "B<security-mac>(*):"
18850 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18852 "Use platform-specific Mandatory Access Controls (MAC) based security when "
18853 "installing files into the filesystem (since dpkg 1.19.5). On Linux systems "
18854 "the implementation uses SELinux."
18858 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18860 msgid "B<not-root>:"
18864 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18866 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
18867 msgid "Try to (de)install things even when not root (since dpkg 1.21.8)."
18868 msgstr "B<not-root>: Tenta (des)instalar coisas mesmo não sendo root."
18871 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
18874 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18877 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18879 "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
18880 "is necessary to override an existing override. This option is deprecated "
18881 "(since dpkg 1.19.5), it is replaced by B<--force-all>."
18885 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18887 msgid "B<--update>"
18891 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18893 "Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it exists."
18897 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18898 msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
18902 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18904 "For B<--list>, if there are no overrides or none match the supplied glob."
18908 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18910 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
18911 msgid "B<DPKG_FORCE>"
18912 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
18915 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18917 "If set and none of the B<--force->I<...> options have been specified, it "
18918 "will be used as the force options to use (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18922 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18924 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>"
18925 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
18928 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18930 "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
18931 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
18932 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
18936 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18938 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with "
18939 "extension “-old”, before replacing it with the new one."
18943 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18944 msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility"
18948 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18950 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>"
18951 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
18954 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18956 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18957 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
18961 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18963 "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its "
18964 "support on the running B<dpkg>."
18968 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18970 "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations "
18971 "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control "
18972 "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing "
18973 "and by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be "
18974 "run by B<dpkg-trigger>)."
18978 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18979 msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>."
18983 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18984 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.14.17."
18988 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18990 msgid "B<--check-supported>"
18991 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18994 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18996 "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a "
18997 "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> "
18998 "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better "
18999 "just to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>."
19003 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19005 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if "
19006 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
19010 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19012 msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>"
19013 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
19016 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19018 "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the "
19019 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, "
19020 "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by "
19025 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19027 msgid "B<--no-await>"
19028 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
19031 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19033 "This option arranges that the calling package I<T> (if any) need not await "
19034 "the processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I<I>, will not be "
19035 "added to I<T>'s trigger processing awaited list and I<T>'s status is "
19036 "unchanged. I<T> may be considered installed even though I<I> may not yet "
19037 "have processed the trigger."
19041 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19044 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
19047 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19049 "This option does the inverse of B<--no-await> (since dpkg 1.17.21). If the "
19050 "interested package has declared a “noawait” directive, then this option will "
19051 "not be effective. It is currently the default behavior."
19055 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19057 msgid "B<--no-act>"
19058 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
19061 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19062 msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything."
19066 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
19069 "The requested action was successfully performed. Or a check or assertion "
19070 "command returned true."
19071 msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso."
19074 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
19075 msgid "A check or assertion command returned false."
19079 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19081 msgid "L<dpkg(1)>, L<deb-triggers(5)>, B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
19082 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
19086 msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors"
19092 msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>"
19093 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
19098 "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in "
19099 "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains "
19100 "information about the current vendor."
19105 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.15.1."
19111 msgid "B<--is> I<vendor>"
19112 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
19117 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with "
19124 msgid "B<--derives-from> I<vendor>"
19125 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
19130 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of "
19131 "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with B<1>. It uses the B<Parent> field to browse "
19132 "all ancestors of the current vendor."
19138 msgid "B<--query> I<field>"
19139 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
19144 "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the "
19151 msgid "B<--vendor> I<vendor>"
19152 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
19157 "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the "
19158 "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
19164 msgid "L<deb-origin(5)>."
19165 msgstr "B<--version>"
19169 msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file"
19175 "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
19176 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
19177 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
19178 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
19179 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
19183 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
19185 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19186 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
19187 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19190 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
19191 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19192 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19197 msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
19198 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19203 msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
19204 msgstr "dpkg - um gerenciador de pacotes de nível médio para o Debian"
19209 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
19210 msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
19211 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
19222 "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
19223 "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
19226 "Este manual é elaborado para usuários que desejam compreender as opções da "
19227 "linha de comando do B<dpkg> e estados de pacotes em mais detalhes que os "
19228 "providos por B<dpkg --help>."
19234 "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
19235 "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
19236 "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
19238 "Ele I<não> deve ser usado por mantenedores de pacotes que desejam "
19239 "compreender como o B<dpkg> instalará seus pacotes. As descrições do que o "
19240 "B<dpkg> faz quando está instalando e removendo pacotes são particularmente "
19241 "inadequadas. Para informações detalhadas a esse respeito, por favor, refira-"
19242 "se ao tópico I<Package Management System> do I<debian-faq> no sistema GNU "
19243 "Info. Para infomações sobre a criação de pacotes Debian, veja o tópico "
19244 "I<Debian Package Management Tools> no mesmo documento."
19250 "B<dpkg> is a medium-level tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian "
19251 "packages. The primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> as a CLI "
19252 "(command-line interface) is L<apt(8)> and as a TUI (terminal user interface) "
19253 "is L<aptitude(8)>. B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line "
19254 "parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. "
19255 "The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the "
19256 "behavior of the action in some way."
19258 "B<dpkg> é uma ferramenta de nível médio para instalar, criar, remover e "
19259 "gerenciar pacotes Debian. O front-end primário e mais amigável para o "
19260 "B<dpkg> é o B<dselect>(8). O próprio B<dpkg> é controlado inteiramente "
19261 "através de parâmetros de linha de comando, que consistem exatamente de uma "
19262 "ação e zero ou mais opções. A ação-parâmetro informa ao dpkg o que fazer e "
19263 "as opções controlam o comportamento da ação de alguma maneira."
19268 "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to L<dpkg-deb(1)> and L<dpkg-"
19269 "query(1)>. The list of supported actions can be found later on in the "
19270 "B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs "
19271 "B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no "
19272 "specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the "
19273 "back-ends need to be called directly."
19278 msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
19279 msgstr "INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES"
19285 "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
19286 "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
19287 "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
19289 "O B<dpkg> mantém algumas informações sobre os pacotes disponíveis. As "
19290 "informações são divididas em três grupos: B<estados>, B<estados de seleção> "
19291 "e B<sinalizadores>. Esses valores são alterados principalmente com o "
19296 msgid "Package states"
19301 msgid "B<not-installed>"
19302 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
19306 msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
19307 msgstr "O pacote não está instalado em seu sistema."
19311 msgid "B<config-files>"
19312 msgstr "B<config-files>"
19317 #| msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
19319 "Only the configuration files or the B<postrm> script and the data it needs "
19320 "to remove of the package exist on the system."
19321 msgstr "Existem apenas os arquivos de configuração em seu sistema."
19325 msgid "B<half-installed>"
19326 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
19332 "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
19335 "A instalação do pacote foi iniciada, mas não completada por alguma razão."
19339 msgid "B<unpacked>"
19340 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
19344 msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
19345 msgstr "O pacote está descompactado, mas não configurado."
19349 msgid "B<half-configured>"
19350 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
19356 "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
19357 "completed for some reason."
19359 "O pacote está descompactado e sua configuração começou, mas não foi "
19360 "completada por alguma razão."
19364 msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
19369 msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package."
19374 msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
19380 msgid "The package has been triggered."
19381 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
19385 msgid "B<installed>"
19386 msgstr "B<installed>"
19391 msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured."
19392 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
19396 msgid "Package selection states"
19402 msgstr "B<install>"
19406 msgid "The package is selected for installation."
19407 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
19417 "A package marked to be on B<hold> is kept on the same version, that is, no "
19418 "automatic new installs, upgrades or removals will be performed on them, "
19419 "unless these actions are requested explicitly, or are permitted to be done "
19420 "automatically with the B<--force-hold> option."
19425 msgid "B<deinstall>"
19426 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
19432 "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
19433 "files, except configuration files)."
19435 "O pacote está selecionado para desinstalação (i.e. queremos remover todos os "
19436 "arquivos, exceto os arquivos de configuração)."
19447 "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from "
19448 "system directories, even configuration files)."
19450 "O pacote está selecionado para ser eliminado (i.e. queremos excluir tudo, "
19451 "até os arquivos de configuração)."
19461 "The package selection is unknown. A package that is also in a B<not-"
19462 "installed> state, and with an B<ok> flag will be forgotten in the next "
19468 msgid "Package flags"
19479 "A package marked B<ok> is in a known state, but might need further "
19486 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
19487 msgid "B<reinstreq>"
19488 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
19494 "A package marked B<reinstreq> is broken and requires reinstallation. These "
19495 "packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
19498 "Um pacote marcado como B<reinst-required> está quebrado e precisa ser "
19499 "reinstalado. Esses pacotes não podem ser removidos, a menos que isso seja "
19500 "forçado com a opção B<--force-reinstreq>."
19510 msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
19511 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
19517 "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
19518 "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19520 "Instala o pacote. Se a opção B<--recursive> ou B<-R> for especificada, "
19521 "I<arquivo_do_pacote> precisa se referir a um diretório."
19525 msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
19526 msgstr "A instalação consiste dos seguintes passos:"
19531 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19532 msgid "Extract the control files of the new package."
19533 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
19539 "If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19540 "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
19542 "B<2.> Se outra versão do mesmo pacote foi instalada antes da nova "
19543 "instalação, é executado o script I<prerm> do pacote antigo."
19548 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
19549 msgid "Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
19550 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado."
19556 "Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so that if "
19557 "something goes wrong, they can be restored."
19559 "B<4.> Os novos arquivos são descompactados, e ao mesmo tempo é feita uma "
19560 "cópia de segurança dos antigos, de forma que se algo sair errado, eles podem "
19567 "If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19568 "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
19569 "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
19570 "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
19572 "B<5.> Se estava instalada uma outra versão do mesmo pacote antes da nova "
19573 "instalação, o script I<postrm> do pacote antigo é executado. Note que esse "
19574 "script é executado depois do script I<preinst> do pacote novo, porque os "
19575 "novos arquivos são gravados ao mesmo tempo que os antigos são removidos."
19581 "Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information about "
19582 "how this is done."
19584 "B<6.> O pacote é configurado. Veja B<--configure> para informações "
19585 "detalhadas sobre como isso é feito."
19590 msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
19591 msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..."
19597 "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19598 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19600 "Descompacta o pacote, mas não o configura. Se a opção B<--recursive> ou B<-"
19601 "R> for especificada, I<arquivo_do_pacote> precisa então se referir a um "
19607 "Will process triggers for B<Pre-Depends> unless B<--no-triggers> has been "
19614 msgid "B<--configure> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19615 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
19621 "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If B<-"
19622 "a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but "
19623 "unconfigured packages are configured."
19625 "Reconfigura um pacote descompactado. Se for especificada a opção B<-a> ou "
19626 "B<--pending> ao invés de I<pacote>, todos os pacotes descompactados mas não "
19627 "configurados são configurados."
19632 "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the L<dpkg-"
19633 "reconfigure(8)> command instead (which is part of the B<debconf> project)."
19638 msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
19639 msgstr "A configuração consiste dos seguintes passos:"
19645 "Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, so "
19646 "that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
19648 "B<1.> Os arquivos de configuração são descompactados, e ao mesmo tempo é "
19649 "feita uma cópia de segurança dos arquivos de configuração antigos, de forma "
19650 "que podem ser restaurados se algo sair errado."
19655 msgid "Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
19656 msgstr "B<2.> O script I<postinst>, se existir no pacote, é executado."
19660 msgid "Will process triggers unless B<--no-triggers> has been specified."
19666 msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19667 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
19672 "Processes only triggers (since dpkg 1.14.17). All pending triggers will be "
19673 "processed. If package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will "
19674 "be processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may "
19675 "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> "
19676 "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
19682 msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19684 "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge> I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--"
19690 "Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles and "
19691 "other data cleaned up by the I<postrm> script, which may avoid having to "
19692 "reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later (conffiles are "
19693 "configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control "
19694 "file). If there is no I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file nor I<DEBIAN/postrm> "
19695 "script, this command is equivalent to calling B<--purge>. If B<-a> or B<--"
19696 "pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages unpacked, but "
19697 "marked to be removed in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed."
19702 msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
19703 msgstr "A remoção de um pacote consiste dos seguintes passos:"
19708 msgid "Run I<prerm> script."
19709 msgstr "B<1.> O script I<prerm> é executado."
19714 msgid "Remove the installed files."
19715 msgstr "B<2.> Os arquivos instalados são removidos."
19720 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
19721 msgid "Run I<postrm> script."
19722 msgstr "B<3.> O script I<postrm> é executado."
19727 msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19728 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
19733 "Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, "
19734 "including conffiles, and anything else cleaned up from I<postrm>. If B<-a> "
19735 "or B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages "
19736 "unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
19744 "B<Note>: Some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they "
19745 "are created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In "
19746 "that case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> "
19747 "script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal "
19748 "during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, "
19749 "not configuration files written to individual users' home directories."
19751 "Remove um pacote instalado. B<-r> ou B<--remove> remove tudo, exceto os "
19752 "arquivos de configuração. Isso pode evitar a necessidade de reconfigurar o "
19753 "pacote se ele for reinstalado depois. (os arquivos de configuração são os "
19754 "listados no arquivo de controle I<debian/conffiles>). B<-P> ou B<--purge> "
19755 "remove tudo, incluindo os arquivos de configuração. Se for dada a opção B<-"
19756 "a> ou B<--pending> ao invés do nome do pacote, então todos os pacotes "
19757 "descompactados, mas marcados para serem removidos ou eliminados (purge) no "
19758 "arquivo I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, são removidos ou eliminados (purge) "
19764 #| msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
19765 msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:"
19766 msgstr "A remoção de um pacote consiste dos seguintes passos:"
19772 "Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for detailed "
19773 "information about how this is done."
19775 "B<6.> O pacote é configurado. Veja B<--configure> para informações "
19776 "detalhadas sobre como isso é feito."
19781 msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]"
19782 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
19787 "Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by "
19788 "comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files "
19789 "metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.17.2). "
19790 "The origin of the files metadata information in the database is the binary "
19791 "packages themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time "
19792 "during the installation process."
19798 "Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification of "
19799 "the file contents against the stored value in the files database. It will "
19800 "only get checked if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any "
19801 "missing metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used. This "
19802 "is only an integrity check and should not be considered as any kind of "
19803 "security verification."
19809 "The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by "
19810 "default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as "
19811 "such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the "
19812 "format they expect."
19818 msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
19819 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
19824 "Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all "
19825 "packages if omitted (per package checks since dpkg 1.17.10). For example, "
19826 "searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system "
19827 "or that have missing, wrong or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will "
19828 "suggest what to do with them to get them fixed."
19834 msgid "B<--update-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19835 msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<arquivo-Packages>"
19840 msgid "B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19841 msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<arquivo-Packages>"
19847 "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
19848 "With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
19849 "from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
19850 "replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
19851 "distributed with Debian is simply named «I<Packages>». If the I<Packages-"
19852 "file> argument is missing or named «B<->» then it will be read from standard "
19853 "input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages "
19854 "in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
19856 "Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão "
19857 "disponíveis. Com a ação B<--merge-avail>, as informações antigas são "
19858 "combinadas as informações do I<arquivo-Packages>. Com a ação B<--update-"
19859 "avail>, as informações antigas são substituídas pelas do I<arquivo-"
19860 "Packages>. O I<arquivo-Packages> distribuído com o Debian é simplesmente "
19861 "nomeado I<Packages>. O B<dpkg> mantém seu registro dos pacotes disponíveis "
19862 "em I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
19867 "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
19868 "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use "
19869 "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track "
19870 "of available packages."
19876 msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
19877 msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..."
19883 "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
19884 "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19885 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19887 "Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão "
19888 "disponíveis com as informações do pacote I<arquivo_do_pacote>. Se a opção "
19889 "B<--recursive> ou B<-R> for especificada, então I<arquivo_do_pacote> deve se "
19890 "referir a um diretório."
19895 msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>"
19896 msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>"
19901 "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled "
19902 "unavailable packages (since dpkg 1.15.4), but only those that do not contain "
19903 "user information such as package selections."
19909 msgid "B<--clear-avail>"
19910 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
19915 msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
19916 msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis."
19921 msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
19922 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
19928 "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, "
19929 "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will "
19931 msgstr "Obtém uma lista de seleção de pacotes e a escreve em stdout."
19934 #: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod
19936 msgid "B<--set-selections>"
19937 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
19943 "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
19944 "the format “I<package> I<state>”, where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, "
19945 "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with "
19946 "‘B<#>’ are also permitted."
19947 msgstr "Configura as seleções de pacotes usando o arquivo lido de stdin."
19952 "The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, "
19953 "otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the B<--"
19954 "update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information."
19960 msgid "B<--clear-selections>"
19961 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
19966 "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall (since "
19967 "dpkg 1.13.18). This is intended to be used immediately before B<--set-"
19968 "selections>, to deinstall any packages not in list given to B<--set-"
19975 msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>"
19976 msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>"
19982 "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
19983 "still haven't been installed."
19985 "Procura pacotes que foram selecionados para instalação, mas por alguma razão "
19986 "ainda não foram instalados."
19991 "B<Note>: This command makes use of both the available file and the package "
19998 msgid "B<--predep-package>"
19999 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
20004 "Print a single package which is the target of one or more relevant pre-"
20005 "dependencies and has itself no unsatisfied pre-dependencies."
20011 "If such a package is present, output it as a Packages file entry, which can "
20012 "be massaged as appropriate."
20018 "Returns 0 when a package is printed, 1 when no suitable package is available "
20025 msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
20026 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20031 "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be "
20032 "installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). The "
20033 "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
20034 "architecture>) is always part of that list."
20040 msgid "B<--remove-architecture> I<architecture>"
20041 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20046 "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can "
20047 "be installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If "
20048 "the architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will "
20049 "be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The "
20050 "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
20051 "architecture>) can never be removed from that list."
20057 msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
20058 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20063 msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, “i386”)."
20065 "Mostra a arquitetura alvo (por exemplo, \"i386\"). Essa opção usa o B<gcc>."
20070 msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>"
20071 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20076 "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is "
20077 "configured to allow packages to be installed for (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
20083 msgid "B<--assert-help>"
20089 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
20090 msgid "Give help about the B<--assert->I<feature> options (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
20091 msgstr "Ajuda com as opções B<--force->I<coisa>."
20096 msgid "B<--assert->I<feature>"
20097 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
20102 "Asserts that B<dpkg> supports the requested feature. Returns 0 if the "
20103 "feature is fully supported, 1 if the feature is known but B<dpkg> cannot "
20104 "provide support for it yet, and 2 if the feature is unknown. The current "
20105 "list of assertable features is:"
20110 msgid "B<support-predepends>"
20115 msgid "Supports the B<Pre-Depends> field (since dpkg 1.1.0)."
20120 msgid "B<working-epoch>"
20125 msgid "Supports epochs in version strings (since dpkg 1.4.0.7)."
20131 msgid "B<long-filenames>"
20132 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20137 msgid "Supports long filenames in L<deb(5)> archives (since dpkg 1.4.1.17)."
20138 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
20143 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20144 msgid "B<multi-conrep>"
20145 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20149 msgid "Supports multiple B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> (since dpkg 1.4.1.19)."
20155 msgid "B<multi-arch>"
20156 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20160 msgid "Supports multi-arch fields and semantics (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
20166 msgid "B<versioned-provides>"
20167 msgstr "B<--version>"
20171 msgid "Supports versioned B<Provides> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
20177 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20178 msgid "B<protected-field>"
20179 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20184 msgid "Supports the B<Protected> field (since dpkg 1.20.1)."
20185 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
20190 msgid "B<--validate->I<thing> I<string>"
20191 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
20196 "Validate that the I<thing> I<string> has a correct syntax (since dpkg "
20197 "1.18.16). Returns 0 if the I<string> is valid, 1 if the I<string> is "
20198 "invalid but might be accepted in lax contexts, and 2 if the I<string> is "
20199 "invalid. The current list of validatable I<thing>s is:"
20211 msgid "Validates the given package name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20212 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
20217 msgid "B<trigname>"
20218 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20223 msgid "Validates the given trigger name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20224 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
20229 msgid "B<archname>"
20230 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20235 msgid "Validates the given architecture name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20236 msgstr "Projeto Debian"
20242 msgstr "B<--version>"
20247 msgid "Validates the given version (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20248 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
20253 msgid "B<--compare-versions> I<ver1> I<op> I<ver2>"
20254 msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions> I<ver1 op ver2>"
20260 "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
20261 "true (B<0>) if the specified condition is satisfied, and false (B<1>) "
20262 "otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they "
20263 "treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version as earlier "
20264 "than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty version as "
20265 "later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only "
20266 "for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = "
20267 "E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>. The B<E<lt>> and B<E<gt>> operators are obsolete "
20268 "and should B<not> be used, due to confusing semantics. To illustrate: B<0.1 "
20269 "E<lt> 0.1> evaluates to true."
20271 "Compara números de versão, onde I<op> é um operador binário. O B<dpkg> "
20272 "retorna com successo (resultado zero) se a condição especificada for "
20273 "satisfeita e com falha (resultado não nulo) em caso contrário. Há dois "
20274 "grupos de operadores, que diferem em como tratam a falta de I<ver1> ou "
20275 "I<ver2>. Esses tratam a falta de uma versão como anterior a qualquer outra: "
20276 "B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Esses tratam a falta de uma versão como posterior a "
20277 "qualquer outra: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Esses são providos apenas para "
20278 "manter compatibilidade com a sintaxe do arquivo de controle: B<E<lt> "
20279 "E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
20289 msgid "B<--command-fd> I<n>"
20290 msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>"
20294 msgid "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<n>."
20301 "B<Note>: Additional options set on the command line, and through this file "
20302 "descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same "
20305 "Aceita uma série de comandos no descritor de arquivo de entrada "
20306 "B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Nota: opções adicionais configuradas na linha de comando, e "
20307 "através do descritor de arquivo, não são redefinidas para comandos "
20308 "subseqüentes usados durante a mesma execução."
20312 msgid "Display a brief help message."
20313 msgstr "Exibe uma breve mensagem de ajuda."
20317 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
20318 msgstr "Ajuda com as opções B<--force->I<coisa>."
20323 msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"
20324 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
20329 msgid "Give help about debugging options."
20330 msgstr "Ajuda com as opções de depuração."
20334 msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
20335 msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>."
20340 "When used with B<--robot>, the output will be the program version number in "
20341 "a dotted numerical format, with no newline."
20347 msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>"
20348 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
20354 "See L<dpkg-deb(1)> for more information about the following actions, and "
20355 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
20356 msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações."
20361 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
20362 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
20367 msgid "Build a deb package."
20368 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
20373 #| msgid "List of available packages."
20374 msgid "List contents of a deb package."
20375 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
20380 msgid "Extract control-information from a package."
20381 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
20386 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20387 msgid "Extract the files contained by package."
20388 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
20392 msgid "Extract and display the filenames contained by a package."
20398 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]"
20399 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
20404 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20405 msgid "Display control field(s) of a package."
20406 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
20411 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20412 msgid "Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package."
20413 msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos."
20417 msgid "Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package."
20423 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]"
20424 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
20429 msgid "Show information about a package."
20430 msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis."
20435 msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>"
20436 msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
20442 "See L<dpkg-query(1)> for more information about the following actions, and "
20443 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
20444 msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações."
20449 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>..."
20450 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
20454 msgid "List packages matching given pattern."
20460 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..."
20461 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
20465 msgid "Report status of specified package."
20470 msgid "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>."
20475 msgid "Search for a filename from installed packages."
20481 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..."
20482 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
20487 "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. "
20488 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead."
20495 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
20496 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
20497 "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration directory "
20498 "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is either "
20499 "an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading "
20500 "hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a ‘B<#>’)."
20502 "Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no "
20503 "arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Cada "
20504 "linha no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da "
20505 "linha de comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma "
20510 msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
20511 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
20516 msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50."
20517 msgstr "Altera o número de erros após os quais o dpkg abortará. O padrão é 50."
20522 msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"
20523 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
20529 "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
20530 "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
20531 "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed "
20534 "Quando um pacote é removido, há a possibilidade de que outro pacote "
20535 "instalado dependa do que foi removido. Especificando essa opção, o pacote "
20536 "que depende do que foi removido será automaticamente desconfigurado."
20541 msgid "B<-D>I<octal>, B<--debug=>I<octal>"
20542 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
20548 "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-ORing desired values "
20549 "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
20550 "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
20552 "Ativa a depuração. I<octal> é formado por uma operação \"or\" bit-a-bit "
20553 "entre os valores desejados da lista abaixo (note que esses valores podem ser "
20554 "alterados em versões futuras). B<-Dh> ou B<--debug=help> exibe esses "
20561 " Number Description\n"
20562 " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n"
20563 " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n"
20564 " 10 Output for each file processed\n"
20565 " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n"
20566 " 20 Output for each configuration file\n"
20567 " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n"
20568 " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n"
20569 " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n"
20570 " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n"
20571 " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n"
20572 " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n"
20573 " 1000 Lots of drivel about for example the dpkg/info dir\n"
20574 " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n"
20577 " número descrição\n"
20578 " 1 Informação de progresso geralmente útil\n"
20579 " 2 Invocação e estado dos scripts do mantenedor\n"
20580 " 10 Saída de cada arquivo processado\n"
20581 " 100 Muita saída de cada arquivo processado\n"
20582 " 20 Saída de cada arquivo de configuração\n"
20583 " 200 Muita saída de cada arquivo de configuração\n"
20584 " 40 Dependências e conflitos\n"
20585 " 400 Muita saída de dependências/conflitos\n"
20586 " 1000 Muita tagarelice sobre por exemplo o diretório dpkg/info\n"
20587 " 2000 Quantidades insanas de saída.\n"
20593 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
20594 "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
20595 "force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
20596 "forced by default."
20598 "Força ou rejeita (B<no-force> e B<refuse> são a mesma coisa) a fazer "
20599 "algumas coisas. I<coisas> é uma lista separada por vírgulas de coisas "
20600 "especificadas abaixo. B<--force-help> exibe uma mensagem descrevendo-as. "
20601 "Coisas marcadas com (*) são forçadas por padrão."
20605 msgid "B<downgrade>(*):"
20611 msgid "Install a package, even if newer version of it is already installed."
20613 "B<downgrade>(*): Instala um pacote, mesmo se uma versão mais nova já estiver "
20619 "B<Warning>: At present B<dpkg> does not do any dependency checking on "
20620 "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the "
20621 "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, "
20622 "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system "
20623 "unusable. Use with care."
20629 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20630 msgid "B<configure-any>:"
20631 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20637 "Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on which the current "
20640 "B<configure-any>: Configura também qualquer pacote descompactado de que o "
20641 "pacote atual dependa."
20653 "Allow automatic installs, upgrades or removals of packages even when marked "
20654 "to be on “hold”. B<Note>: When these actions are requested explicitly, the "
20655 "“hold” package selection state always gets ignored."
20661 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
20662 msgid "B<remove-reinstreq>:"
20663 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
20669 "Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to require reinstallation. "
20670 "This may, for example, cause parts of the package to remain on the system, "
20671 "which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
20673 "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove um pacote, mesmo se estiver quebrado e marcado "
20674 "como requer reinstalação. Isso pode, por exemplo, fazer com que partes do "
20675 "pacote permaneçam em seu sistema, que serão então esquecidas pelo B<dpkg>."
20680 msgid "B<remove-protected>:"
20681 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20687 "Remove, even if the package is considered protected (since dpkg 1.20.1). "
20688 "Protected packages contain mostly important system boot infrastructure or "
20689 "are used for custom system-local meta-packages. Removing them might cause "
20690 "the whole system to be unable to boot or lose required functionality to "
20691 "operate, so use with caution."
20693 "B<remove-essential>: Remove, mesmo se o pacote é considerado essencial. "
20694 "Pacotes essenciais contém geralmente comandos muito básicos de Unix. Removê-"
20695 "los pode causar a parada de funcionamento de todo o sistema, então use-a com "
20701 msgid "B<remove-essential>:"
20702 msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
20708 "Remove, even if the package is considered essential. Essential packages "
20709 "contain mostly very basic Unix commands, required for the packaging system, "
20710 "for the operation of the system in general or during boot (although the "
20711 "latter should be converted to protected packages instead). Removing them "
20712 "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
20714 "B<remove-essential>: Remove, mesmo se o pacote é considerado essencial. "
20715 "Pacotes essenciais contém geralmente comandos muito básicos de Unix. Removê-"
20716 "los pode causar a parada de funcionamento de todo o sistema, então use-a com "
20722 msgid "B<depends>:"
20723 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20728 #| msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
20730 "Turn all dependency problems into warnings. This affects the B<Pre-Depends> "
20731 "and B<Depends> fields."
20732 msgstr "B<depends>: Converte todos os problemas de dependência em avisos."
20737 #| msgid "B<dpkg --version>"
20738 msgid "B<depends-version>:"
20739 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
20745 #| "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
20747 "Don't care about versions when checking dependencies. This affects the "
20748 "B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields."
20750 "B<depends-version>: Não verifica versões quando verificando dependências."
20760 "Install, even if this would break another package (since dpkg 1.14.6). This "
20761 "affects the B<Breaks> field."
20767 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20768 msgid "B<conflicts>:"
20769 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20775 #| "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
20776 #| "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
20778 "Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is dangerous, for "
20779 "it will usually cause overwriting of some files. This affects the "
20780 "B<Conflicts> field."
20782 "B<conflicts>: Instala, mesmo se conflita com outro pacote. Isso é perigoso, "
20783 "pois geralmente causará a regravação de alguns arquivos."
20788 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20789 msgid "B<confmiss>:"
20790 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20796 "Always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is dangerous, "
20797 "since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file."
20799 "B<confmiss>: Sempre instala um arquivo de configuração que falta. Isso é "
20800 "perigoso, já que significa que uma mudança (remoção) feita ao arquivo não "
20806 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20807 msgid "B<confnew>:"
20808 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20814 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
20815 "always install the new version without prompting, unless the B<--force-"
20816 "confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
20818 "B<confnew>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre instala a "
20819 "nova versão sem perguntar, a menos que B<--force-confdef> também seja "
20820 "especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida."
20826 msgid "B<confold>:"
20833 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
20834 "always keep the old version without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> "
20835 "is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
20837 "B<confold>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre mantém a "
20838 "versão antiga sem perguntar, a menos que B<--force-confdef> também seja "
20839 "especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida."
20844 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20845 msgid "B<confdef>:"
20846 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20852 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
20853 "always choose the default action without prompting. If there is no default "
20854 "action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-"
20855 "confold> is also given, in which case it will use that to decide the final "
20858 "B<confdef>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre escolhe a "
20859 "ação padrão. Se não houver ação padrão, ele irá parar e perguntar ao "
20860 "usuário, a menos que B<--force-confnew> ou B<--force-confold> também tenham "
20861 "sido dadas, quando será então usado isso para decidir a ação final."
20866 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20867 msgid "B<confask>:"
20868 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20874 "If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with the version "
20875 "in the package, even if the version in the package did not change (since "
20876 "dpkg 1.15.8). If any of B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-confold>, or B<--"
20877 "force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the final action."
20879 "B<confdef>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre escolhe a "
20880 "ação padrão. Se não houver ação padrão, ele irá parar e perguntar ao "
20881 "usuário, a menos que B<--force-confnew> ou B<--force-confold> também tenham "
20882 "sido dadas, quando será então usado isso para decidir a ação final."
20887 msgid "B<overwrite>:"
20888 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
20893 #| msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
20894 msgid "Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
20895 msgstr "B<overwrite>: Sobrescreve um arquivo do pacote com arquivo de outro."
20900 msgid "B<overwrite-dir>:"
20901 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
20907 #| "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
20908 msgid "Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
20910 "B<overwrite-dir> Sobrescreve um diretório do pacote com arquivo de outro."
20915 msgid "B<overwrite-diverted>:"
20916 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
20921 msgid "Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
20923 "B<overwrite-diverted>: Sobrescreve um arquivo desviado com uma versão não "
20929 msgid "B<unsafe-io>:"
20930 msgstr "B<--quiet>"
20935 "Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking (since dpkg 1.15.8.6). "
20936 "Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before file renames, "
20937 "which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on some file "
20938 "systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the first place "
20939 "due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on abrupt system "
20946 "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount "
20947 "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and "
20948 "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce "
20949 "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs "
20950 "before atomic renames."
20956 "B<Warning>: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of "
20957 "losing data, use with care."
20962 msgid "B<script-chrootless>:"
20968 "Run maintainer scripts without L<chroot(2)>ing into B<instdir> even if the "
20969 "package does not support this mode of operation (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
20974 msgid "B<Warning>: This can destroy your host system, use with extreme care."
20980 msgid "B<architecture>:"
20981 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20986 #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
20987 msgid "Process even packages with wrong or no architecture."
20988 msgstr "B<architecture>: Processa até pacotes com a arquitetura errada."
20993 msgid "B<bad-version>:"
20994 msgstr "B<--version>"
20999 #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
21000 msgid "Process even packages with wrong versions (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
21001 msgstr "B<architecture>: Processa até pacotes com a arquitetura errada."
21005 msgid "B<bad-path>:"
21012 #| "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are "
21014 msgid "B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
21016 "B<bad-path>: Faltam programas importantes no B<PATH>, devendo aparecer "
21022 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
21023 msgid "Try to (de)install things even when not root."
21024 msgstr "B<not-root>: Tenta (des)instalar coisas mesmo não sendo root."
21029 msgid "B<bad-verify>:"
21030 msgstr "B<--version>"
21034 msgid "Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
21039 msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
21040 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<pacote>,..."
21046 "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
21047 "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else). This "
21048 "affects the B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends> and B<Breaks> fields."
21050 "Ignora a verificação de dependência dos pacotes especificados (atualmente, a "
21051 "verificação é feita, mas são apenas dados avisos sobre os conflitos, nada "
21057 msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"
21058 msgstr "B<--no-act>"
21064 "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
21065 "This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
21066 "actually modifying anything."
21068 "Faz tudo que se espera que seja feito, mas não grava nenhuma alteração. Isso "
21069 "é usado para ver o que acontece com a ação especificada, sem modificar nada."
21075 "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
21076 "with undesirable results (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first purge "
21077 "package “foo” and then try to purge package ”--no-act”, even though you "
21078 "probably expected it to actually do nothing)."
21080 "Certifique-se de fornecer B<--no-act> antes da ação-parâmetro, ou você pode "
21081 "obter resultados indesejáveis. (por exemplo, B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> "
21082 "irá primeiro excluir (purge) o pacote foo e então tentará excluir o pacote --"
21083 "no-act, apesar de que você esperava que nada fosse feito)"
21088 msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
21089 msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
21095 "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
21096 "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
21097 "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--record-avail> actions."
21099 "Manipula recursivamente todos os arquivos regulares que combinem com o "
21100 "padrão B<*.deb> encontrados nos diretórios especificados e todos seus "
21101 "subdiretórios. Isso pode ser usado com as ações B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, "
21102 "B<--unpack> e B<--avail>."
21108 "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
21109 "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>."
21111 "Não instala um pacote se uma nova versão do mesmo pacote já estiver "
21112 "instalada. Isso é um apelido de B<--refuse-downgrade.>"
21117 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This directory contains "
21118 "many files that give information about status of installed or uninstalled "
21119 "packages, etc. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been "
21126 msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
21127 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
21133 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
21134 "are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to "
21135 "L<chroot(2)> before running package's installation scripts, which means that "
21136 "the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. Defaults to «I</>»."
21138 "Muda os diretórios padrões. O B<admindir> padrão é I<%ADMINDIR%> e contém "
21139 "muitos arquivos que dão informações sobre o estado dos pacotes instalados ou "
21140 "não instalados, etc. O B<instdir> padrão é I</> e refere-se ao diretório "
21141 "onde os pacotes devem ser instalados. B<instdir> também é o diretório "
21142 "passado para B<chroot>(2) antes de executar os scripts de instalação do "
21143 "I<pacote>, o que significa que os scripts vêem B<instdir> como o diretório "
21144 "raiz. Alterar B<root> modifica B<instdir> para I<dir> e B<admindir> para "
21145 "I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>."
21150 msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
21151 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
21156 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
21157 "directory to «I<dir>» and the administrative directory to "
21158 "«I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>»."
21164 msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"
21165 msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
21171 "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
21172 "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
21173 "For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
21176 "Somente processa os pacotes selecionados para instalação. A marcação atual é "
21177 "feita com B<dselect> ou pelo B<dpkg>, quando ele manipula pacotes. Por "
21178 "exemplo, quando um pacote é removido, ele será marcado como selecionado para "
21184 msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
21185 msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
21191 "Don't install the package if the same version and architecture of the "
21192 "package is already installed."
21193 msgstr "Não instala o pacote se a mesma versão dele já estiver instalada."
21198 "Since dpkg 1.21.10, the architecture is also taken into account, which makes "
21199 "it possible to cross-grade packages or install additional co-installable "
21200 "instances with the same version, but different architecture."
21205 msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
21210 msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"
21216 "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via “%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL% -c” before "
21217 "or after the B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, "
21218 "I<triggers-only>, I<remove> and I<purge> actions (since dpkg 1.15.4), and "
21219 "I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> actions (since dpkg "
21220 "1.17.19). This option can be specified multiple times. The order the "
21221 "options are specified is preserved, with the ones from the configuration "
21222 "files taking precedence. The environment variable B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is "
21223 "set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> action."
21229 "The invoke hooks are not executed when B<--no-act> is specified, or when "
21230 "running as non-root without B<--force-not-root>."
21236 "B<Note>: Front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, which "
21237 "might run the hooks more times than expected."
21243 msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"
21244 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21249 msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
21250 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21255 "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including "
21256 "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install "
21257 "(since dpkg 1.15.8)."
21263 "B<Warning>: Take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might "
21264 "completely break your system, use with caution."
21270 "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were ‘*’ matches "
21271 "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also ‘/’. For "
21272 "example, «I</usr/*/READ*>» matches «I</usr/share/doc/package/README>». As "
21273 "usual, ‘?’ matches any single character (again, including ‘/’). And ‘[’ "
21274 "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and "
21275 "complementations. See L<glob(7)> for detailed information about globbing. "
21276 "B<Note>: The current implementation might re-include more directories and "
21277 "symlinks than needed, in particular when there is a more specific re-"
21278 "inclusion, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack failures; future "
21279 "work might fix this."
21285 "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical "
21293 " --path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*\n"
21294 " --path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright\n"
21300 msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files."
21306 "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each "
21307 "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that "
21308 "matches a file name making the decision."
21314 "The filters are applied when unpacking the binary packages, and as such only "
21315 "have knowledge of the type of object currently being filtered (e.g. a normal "
21316 "file or a directory) and have not visibility of what objects will come "
21317 "next. Because these filters have side effects (in contrast to L<find(1)> "
21318 "filters), excluding an exact pathname that happens to be a directory object "
21319 "like I</usr/share/doc> will not have the desired result, and only that "
21320 "pathname will be excluded (which could be automatically reincluded if the "
21321 "code sees the need). Any subsequent files contained within that directory "
21322 "will fail to unpack."
21327 msgid "B<Hint>: make sure the globs are not expanded by your shell."
21333 msgid "B<--verify-format> I<format-name>"
21334 msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
21338 msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
21344 "The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a "
21345 "line for every path that failed any check. These lines have the following "
21354 " B<missing > [B<c>] I<pathname> [B<(>I<error-message>B<)>]\n"
21355 " B<?M5??????> [B<c>] I<pathname>\n"
21362 "The first 9 characters are used to report the checks result, either a "
21363 "literal B<missing> when the file is not present or its metadata cannot be "
21364 "fetched, or one of the following special characters that report the result "
21376 "Implies the check could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc)."
21386 msgid "Implies the check passed."
21391 msgid "‘I<A-Za-z0-9>’"
21397 "Implies a specific check failed. The following positions and alphanumeric "
21398 "characters are currently supported:"
21408 msgid "These checks are currently not supported, will always be ‘B<?>’."
21419 "The file mode check failed (since dpkg 1.21.0). Because pathname metadata "
21420 "is currently not tracked, this check can only be partially emulated via a "
21421 "very simple heuristic for pathnames that have a known digest, which implies "
21422 "they should be regular files, where the check will fail if the pathname is "
21423 "not a regular file on the filesystem. This check will currently never "
21424 "succeed as it does not have enough information available."
21435 "The digest check failed, which means the file contents have changed. This "
21436 "is only an integrity check and should not be considered as any kind of "
21437 "security verification."
21448 "The line is followed by a space and an attribute character. The following "
21449 "attribute character is supported:"
21459 msgid "The pathname is a conffile."
21464 msgid "Finally followed by another space and the pathname."
21470 "In case the entry was of the B<missing> type, and the file was not actually "
21471 "present on the filesystem, then the line is followed by a space and the "
21472 "error message enclosed within parenthesis."
21478 msgid "B<--status-fd> I<n>"
21479 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21484 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file "
21485 "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The "
21486 "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:"
21491 msgid "B<status:> I<package>B<:> I<status>"
21496 msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file."
21501 msgid "B<status:> I<package> B<: error :> I<extended-error-message>"
21507 "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will "
21508 "be converted to spaces before output."
21514 "B<status:> I<file> B<: conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<'> "
21515 "I<useredited> I<distedited>"
21520 msgid "User is being asked a conffile question."
21525 msgid "B<processing:> I<stage>B<:> I<package>"
21531 "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, "
21532 "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
21533 "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>."
21539 msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>"
21540 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21545 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell "
21546 "I<command>'s standard input, to be run via “%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL% -c” (since "
21547 "dpkg 1.16.0). This option can be specified multiple times. The output "
21548 "format used is the same as in B<--status-fd>."
21554 "The status loggers are not executed when B<--no-act> is specified, or when "
21555 "running as non-root without B<--force-not-root>."
21561 msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
21562 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
21567 "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
21568 "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
21569 "filename is used. Log messages are of the form:"
21574 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<startup> I<type> I<command>"
21580 "For each dpkg invocation where I<type> is B<archives> (with a I<command> of "
21581 "B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> (with a I<command> of B<configure>, "
21582 "B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or B<purge>)."
21587 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<status> I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>"
21592 msgid "For status change updates."
21598 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-"
21605 "For actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, "
21606 "B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>."
21611 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<conffile> I<filename> I<decision>"
21616 msgid "For conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>."
21628 "Use a machine-readable output format. This provides an interface for "
21629 "programs that need to parse the output of some of the commands that do not "
21630 "otherwise emit a machine-readable output format. No localization will be "
21631 "used, and the output will be modified to make it easier to parse."
21636 msgid "The only currently supported command is B<--version>."
21642 msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
21643 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
21647 msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
21653 msgid "B<--no-triggers>"
21654 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
21659 "Do not run any triggers in this run (since dpkg 1.14.17), but activations "
21660 "will still be recorded. If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--"
21661 "triggers-only> I<package> then the named package postinst will still be run "
21662 "even if only a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave "
21663 "packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> "
21664 "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
21670 msgid "B<--triggers>"
21675 msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers> (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
21688 "This variable is expected to be defined in the environment and point to the "
21689 "system paths where several required programs are to be found. If it's not "
21690 "set or the programs are not found, B<dpkg> will abort."
21694 #: dpkg.pod dselect.pod
21696 #| msgid "B<SHELL>"
21703 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
21704 "specific configuration file."
21710 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary "
21711 "files and directories."
21718 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new interactive shell, or "
21719 "when spawning a command via a shell."
21721 "O programa que o B<dpkg> executará quando estiver iniciando um novo shell."
21726 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when running a pager, which will be "
21727 "executed with «B<$SHELL -c>», for example when displaying the conffile "
21728 "differences. If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL%>» will be used "
21729 "instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment variable "
21730 "(since dpkg 1.19.2)."
21736 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
21737 "accepted flags are described in the B<--debug> option."
21743 "Sets the force flags (since dpkg 1.19.5). When this variable is present, no "
21744 "built-in force defaults will be applied. If the variable is present but "
21745 "empty, all force flags will be disabled."
21751 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
21752 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> administrative directory (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
21758 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21759 msgid "B<DPKG_FRONTEND_LOCKED>"
21760 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21765 "Set by a package manager frontend to notify dpkg that it should not acquire "
21766 "the frontend lock (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
21772 "Defined by B<dpkg> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning a "
21773 "pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
21774 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
21775 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
21776 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
21782 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate which "
21783 "installation to act on (since dpkg 1.18.5). The value is intended to be "
21784 "prepended to any path maintainer scripts operate on. During normal "
21785 "operation, this variable is empty. When installing packages into a "
21786 "different B<instdir>, B<dpkg> normally invokes maintainer scripts using "
21787 "L<chroot(2)> and leaves this variable empty, but if B<--force-script-"
21788 "chrootless> is specified then the L<chroot(2)> call is skipped and "
21789 "B<instdir> is non-empty."
21795 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate the "
21796 "B<dpkg> administrative directory to use (since dpkg 1.16.0). This variable "
21797 "is always set to the current B<--admindir> value."
21803 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the subprocesses environment to all the currently "
21804 "enabled force option names separated by commas (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
21810 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21811 msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>"
21812 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21817 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
21818 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>."
21824 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21825 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>"
21826 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21831 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
21832 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the old conffile."
21838 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21839 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>"
21840 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21845 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
21846 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the new conffile."
21852 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21853 msgid "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION>"
21854 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21859 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned when executing a hook action (since "
21860 "dpkg 1.15.4). Contains the current B<dpkg> action."
21865 msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>"
21871 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of "
21872 "the currently running B<dpkg> instance (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
21878 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the (non-arch-"
21879 "qualified) package name being handled (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
21885 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21886 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>"
21887 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21892 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package "
21893 "reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater "
21894 "than B<not-installed> (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
21900 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21901 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>"
21902 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21907 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture "
21908 "the package got built for (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
21914 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21915 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>"
21916 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21921 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the "
21922 "script running, one of B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm> or B<postrm> (since "
21929 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21930 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG>"
21931 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21936 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to a value (‘B<0>’ "
21937 "or ‘B<1>’) noting whether debugging has been requested (with the B<--debug> "
21938 "option) for the maintainer scripts (since dpkg 1.18.4)."
21944 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
21945 msgid "Configuration fragment files (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
21946 msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões."
21950 msgid "Configuration file with default options."
21951 msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões."
21956 msgid "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>"
21957 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
21961 msgid "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> and option B<--log>)."
21968 "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
21969 "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
21971 "Os outros arquivos listados abaixo estão em seus diretórios padrões, veja a "
21972 "opção B<--admindir> para ver como alterar a localização desses arquivos."
21976 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
21977 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
21981 msgid "List of available packages."
21982 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
21986 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
21987 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
21993 "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about "
21994 "whether a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or "
21995 "not, etc. See section L</INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
21997 "Dá o estado dos pacotes disponíveis. Esse arquivo contém informação sobre se "
21998 "um pacote está marcado para remoção ou não, se está instalado ou não, etc. "
21999 "Veja a seção B<INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES> para maiores informações."
22004 "The status file is backed up daily in I<%BACKUPSDIR%>. It can be useful if "
22005 "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles."
22010 msgid "The format and contents of a binary package are described in L<deb(5)>."
22015 msgid "Filesystem filenames"
22021 "During unpacking and configuration B<dpkg> uses various filenames for backup "
22022 "and rollback purposes. The following is a simplified explanation of how "
22023 "these filenames get used during package installation."
22029 msgid "F<*.dpkg-new>"
22035 "During unpack, B<dpkg> extracts new filesystem objects into I<pathname>B<."
22036 "dpkg-new> (except for existing directories or symlinks to directories which "
22037 "get skipped), once that is done and after having performed backups of the "
22038 "old objects, the objects get renamed to I<pathname>."
22043 msgid "F<*.dpkg-tmp>"
22049 "During unpack, B<dpkg> makes backups of the old filesystem objects into "
22050 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-tmp> after extracting the new objects. These backups are "
22051 "performed as either a rename for directories (but only if they switch file "
22052 "type), a new symlink copy for symlinks, or a hard link for any other "
22053 "filesystem object, except for conffiles which get no backups because they "
22054 "are processed at a later stage."
22060 "In case of needing to rollback, these backups get used to restore the "
22061 "previous contents of the objects. These get removed automatically after the "
22062 "installation is complete."
22067 msgid "F<*.dpkg-old>"
22073 "During configuration, when installing a new version, B<dpkg> can make a "
22074 "backup of the previous modified conffile into I<pathname>B<.dpkg-old>."
22080 msgid "F<*.dpkg-dist>"
22081 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
22086 "During configuration, when keeping the old version, B<dpkg> can make a "
22087 "backup of the new unmodified conffile into I<pathname>B<.dpkg-dist>."
22093 "Any operation that needs write access to the database or the filesystem is "
22094 "considered a privileged operation that might allow root escalation. These "
22095 "operations must never be delegated to an untrusted user or be done on "
22096 "untrusted packages, as that might allow root access to the system."
22102 "Some operations (such as package verification) might need root privileges to "
22103 "be able to access files on the filesystem that would otherwise be "
22104 "inaccessible due to restricted permissions, but should otherwise work "
22105 "normally and produce appropriate messages in those cases."
22111 "See also the B<SECURITY> section of the L<dpkg-deb(1)> and L<dpkg-split(1)> "
22117 msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
22118 msgstr "B<--no-act> normalmente dá menos informação do que seria útil."
22123 "To list installed packages related to the editor L<vi(1)> (note that B<dpkg-"
22124 "query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and the "
22125 "B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):"
22132 " dpkg -l '*vi*'\n"
22134 msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
22139 msgid "To see the entries in I<%ADMINDIR%/available> of two packages:"
22140 msgstr "Para ver as entradas em I<%ADMINDIR%/available> em dois pacotes:"
22146 " dpkg --print-avail vim neovim | less\n"
22148 msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
22152 msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
22153 msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:"
22159 " dpkg --print-avail | less\n"
22161 msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
22166 #| msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
22167 msgid "To remove an installed neovim package:"
22168 msgstr "Para remover um pacote instalado elvis:"
22174 " dpkg -r neovim\n"
22176 msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>"
22182 "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or media "
22183 "disc. When using an archive based on a pool structure, knowing the archive "
22184 "area and the name of the package is enough to infer the pathname:"
22186 "Para instalar um pacote, você primeiro precisa encontrá-lo em um repositório "
22187 "ou CDROM. O arquivo \"available\" mostra que o pacote vim está na seção "
22194 " dpkg -i /media/bdrom/pool/main/v/vim/vim_9.0.2018-1_amd64.deb\n"
22196 msgstr " B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
22200 msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
22201 msgstr "Para fazer uma cópia local dos estados de seleção dos pacotes:"
22207 " dpkg --get-selections >myselections\n"
22209 msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
22214 "You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated "
22215 "the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice "
22216 "(see L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#set-selections> for more "
22217 "details), for example:"
22224 " apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail\n"
22230 msgid "you can install it with:"
22237 " dpkg --clear-selections\n"
22238 " dpkg --set-selections <myselections\n"
22240 msgstr " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
22246 "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
22247 "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
22248 "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
22249 "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>."
22251 "Note que isso não instalará nem removerá nada, mas apenas irá configurar o "
22252 "estado de seleção dos pacotes requisitados. Você precisará de alguma outra "
22253 "aplicação para baixar e instalar os pacotes requisitados."
22259 "Ordinarily, you will find that L<dselect(1)> provides a more convenient way "
22260 "to modify the package selection states."
22262 "Ordinariamente, você verificará que o B<dselect>(8) provê uma maneira mais "
22263 "conveniente de modificar o estado de seleção dos pacotes."
22267 msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
22273 "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
22274 "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsig-verify>."
22281 "L<aptitude(8)>, L<apt(8)>, L<dselect(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg-query(1)>, "
22282 "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg.cfg(5)>, and L<dpkg-reconfigure(8)>."
22284 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
22296 "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
22299 "Veja B<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n"
22300 "contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n"
22304 msgid "dsc - Debian source package control file format"
22310 msgid "I<filename>B<.dsc>"
22311 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
22316 "Each Debian source package is composed of a .dsc control file, which "
22317 "contains a number of fields, in L<deb822(5)> format."
22323 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
22324 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
22325 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
22326 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
22327 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
22328 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Package-List>, B<Files>, "
22329 "B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
22335 "The value of this field declares the format version of the source package. "
22336 "The field value is used by programs acting on a source package to interpret "
22337 "the list of files in the source package and determine how to unpack it. The "
22338 "syntax of the field value is a numeric major revision (“0-9”), a period "
22339 "(“.”), a numeric minor revision (“0-9”), and then an optional subtype after "
22340 "whitespace (“ \\t”), which if specified is a lowercase alphanumeric (“a-"
22341 "z0-9”) word in parentheses (“()”). The subtype is optional in the syntax "
22342 "but may be mandatory for particular source format revisions."
22348 "The source formats currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<1.0>, B<2.0>, B<3.0 "
22349 "(native)>, B<3.0 (quilt)>, B<3.0 (git)>, B<3.0 (bzr)> and B<3.0 (custom)>. "
22350 "See L<dpkg-source(1)> for their description."
22356 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> (required)"
22357 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
22362 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list>"
22363 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
22368 "This folded field lists binary packages which this source package can "
22369 "produce, separated by commas."
22375 "This field has now been superseded by the B<Package-List> field, which gives "
22376 "enough information about what binary packages are produced on which "
22377 "architecture, build-profile and other involved restrictions."
22383 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (recommended)"
22384 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
22389 "A list of architectures and architecture wildcards separated by spaces which "
22390 "specify the type of hardware this package can be compiled for. Common "
22391 "architecture names and architecture wildcards are B<amd64>, B<armel>, "
22392 "B<i386>, B<linux-any>, B<any-amd64>, etc."
22398 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
22399 "independent, and B<any> for packages that are architecture dependent. The "
22400 "list may include (or consist solely of) the special value B<all>. When the "
22401 "list contains the architecture wildcard B<any>, the only other value allowed "
22402 "in the list is B<all>."
22408 "The field value is generally generated from B<Architecture> fields from in "
22409 "the I<debian/control> in the source package."
22415 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email-list>"
22416 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
22421 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string> (recommended)"
22422 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
22427 "These fields declare the I<url> of the Version Control System repository "
22428 "used to maintain this package. See L<deb-src-control(5)> for more details."
22434 "This field declares that the source package contains the specified test "
22435 "suites. The value is a comma-separated list of test suites. If the "
22436 "B<autopkgtest> value is present, a I<debian/tests/control> is expected to be "
22437 "present, if the file is present but not the value, then B<dpkg-source> will "
22438 "automatically add it, preserving previous values."
22444 "This field declares the comma-separated union of all test dependencies "
22445 "(B<Depends> fields in I<debian/tests/control> file), with all restrictions "
22446 "removed, and OR dependencies flattened (that is, converted to separate AND "
22447 "relationships), except for binaries generated by this source package and its "
22448 "meta-dependency equivalent B<@>."
22454 "B<Rationale>: this field is needed because otherwise to be able to get the "
22455 "test dependencies, each source package would need to be unpacked."
22461 "These fields declare relationships between the source package and packages "
22462 "used to build it. They are discussed in the L<deb-src-control(5)> manual "
22469 msgid "B<Package-List:>"
22470 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
22474 msgid "S< >I<package> I<package-type> I<section> I<priority> I<key-value-list>"
22480 "This multiline field contains a list of binary packages generated by this "
22487 msgid "The I<package> is the binary package name."
22488 msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
22493 "The I<package-type> is the binary package type, usually B<deb>, another "
22494 "common value is B<udeb>."
22500 "The I<section> and I<priority> match the binary package fields of the same "
22507 "The I<key-value-list> is a space separated I<key>B<=>I<value> list, and the "
22508 "currently known optional keys are:"
22515 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
22520 "The architecture restriction from the binary package B<Architecture> field, "
22521 "with spaces converted to ‘,’."
22527 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
22529 msgstr "B<config-files>"
22534 "The normalized build-profile restriction formula from the binary package "
22535 "B<Build-Profile> field, with ORs converted to ‘+’ and ANDs to ‘,’."
22541 msgid "B<protected>"
22542 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
22547 "If the binary package is protected, this key will contain the value of the "
22548 "B<Protected> field, that is a B<yes> value."
22553 msgid "B<essential>"
22559 "If the binary package is essential, this key will contain the value of the "
22560 "B<Essential> field, that is a B<yes> value."
22566 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
22567 msgid "B<Files:> (required, weak)"
22568 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
22573 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
22574 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
22575 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Files>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 "
22576 "for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
22582 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
22583 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
22584 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
22585 "the checksum, a space, the file size, a space, and the file name."
22591 "These fields list all files that make up the source package. The list of "
22592 "files in these fields must match the list of files in the other related "
22599 "The B<Format> field conflates the format for the B<.dsc> file itself and the "
22600 "format of the extracted source package."
22607 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>."
22609 "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
22614 msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
22620 "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
22621 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect "
22622 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
22623 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
22624 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
22630 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
22631 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
22636 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>"
22637 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
22641 msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
22646 msgid "L<dselect(1)>."
22651 msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend"
22657 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
22658 msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<command>...]"
22659 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
22664 "B<dselect> is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a "
22665 "Debian system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:"
22671 #| msgid "List of available packages."
22672 msgid "Update the list of available package versions,"
22673 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
22678 msgid "View the status of installed and available packages,"
22679 msgstr "Despreza informações sobre pacotes não instalados e não disponíveis."
22683 msgid "Alter package selections and manage dependencies,"
22688 msgid "Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions."
22694 "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to L<dpkg(1)>, the low-level Debian "
22695 "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
22696 "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
22697 "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
22698 "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
22699 "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used "
22700 "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the "
22701 "internet, local archive servers or media discs. The recommended access "
22702 "method is I<apt>, which is provided by the package L<apt(8)>."
22708 "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
22709 "presented, offering the user a list of commands. If a command is given as "
22710 "argument, then that command is started immediately. Several command line "
22711 "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
22712 "or show additional information about the program."
22719 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> "
22720 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on the "
22721 "configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the "
22722 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
22723 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
22726 "Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no "
22727 "arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Cada "
22728 "linha no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da "
22729 "linha de comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma "
22735 "Changes the directory where the dpkg ‘I<status>’, ‘I<available>’ and similar "
22736 "files are located. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not "
22743 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
22744 "get installed (since dpkg 1.21.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
22751 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the installation "
22752 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
22753 "«I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
22759 msgid "B<-D>I<file>, B<--debug> I<file>"
22760 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
22764 msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>."
22770 msgid "B<--expert>"
22776 "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
22782 "B<--color> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
22783 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
22789 "B<--colour> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
22790 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
22796 "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
22797 "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect."
22798 "cfg>). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one "
22799 "part of the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:"
22806 msgstr "B<installed>"
22810 msgid "The screen title."
22816 msgid "B<listhead>"
22817 msgstr "B<installed>"
22822 msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
22823 msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:"
22829 msgstr "B<install>"
22833 msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
22840 msgstr "B<install>"
22844 msgid "The selected item in the list."
22850 msgid "B<pkgstate>"
22856 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
22862 msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
22868 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
22869 "currently selected package."
22875 msgid "B<infohead>"
22876 msgstr "B<installed>"
22881 "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
22887 msgid "B<infodesc>"
22888 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
22893 msgid "The package's short description."
22894 msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação."
22903 msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
22908 msgid "B<infofoot>"
22913 msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
22920 msgstr "B<--quiet>"
22924 msgid "Used to display query lines"
22930 msgid "B<helpscreen>"
22935 msgid "Color of help screens."
22941 "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
22942 "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
22943 "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names."
22949 "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
22950 "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
22951 "(‘+’) characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work "
22952 "on all terminals): B<normal>, B<standout>, B<underline>, B<reverse>, "
22953 "B<blink>, B<bright>, B<dim>, B<bold>"
22958 msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
22963 msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
22969 "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following commands, either "
22970 "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user "
22971 "with a menu of available commands if running interactively:"
22981 msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
22987 "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<media>, I<file> or "
22988 "I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, for example the "
22989 "I<apt> access method provided by the L<apt(8)> package."
22994 msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
23005 msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
23006 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
23011 "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
23012 "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
23013 "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
23014 "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
23015 "maintainers, using the program L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
23021 "Details of the update command depend on the access method's implementation. "
23022 "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
23032 msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
23038 "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
23039 "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
23040 "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
23041 "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
23042 "changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
23048 "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
23049 "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
23050 "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
23051 "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by "
23052 "B<dselect>, override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones "
23053 "that created the unresolved depends or conflicts."
23059 "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
23060 "in more detail below."
23067 msgstr "B<install>"
23071 msgid "Installs selected packages."
23077 "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
23078 "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending "
23079 "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched "
23080 "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also "
23081 "remove packages that were marked for removal."
23087 "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
23088 "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If "
23089 "problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please "
23090 "investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian "
23091 "bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at "
23092 "L<https://bugs.debian.org/> or by reading the documentation for L<bug(1)> or "
23093 "L<reportbug(1)>, if these are installed."
23099 "Details of the install command depend on the access method's "
23100 "implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during "
23101 "installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the "
23102 "maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the "
23103 "L<debconf(1)> library, allowing for more flexible or even automated "
23104 "installation setups."
23114 msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
23124 msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
23134 msgid "Quit B<dselect>."
23139 msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) error code."
23145 #| msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES"
23146 msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT"
23147 msgstr "ESTADOS DE SELEÇÃO DOS PACOTES"
23151 msgid "Introduction"
23157 "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
23158 "involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
23159 "For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the Debian "
23160 "package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although "
23161 "B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is "
23162 "only instrumental in doing so and cannot be assumed to be a sufficient "
23163 "substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
23164 "to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In "
23165 "case of doubt, consult the L<dpkg(1)> manual page and the distribution "
23172 "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
23173 "displayed when choosing this command from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
23174 "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
23175 "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
23176 "invoked with the ‘B<?>’ key."
23181 msgid "Screen layout"
23187 "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
23188 "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
23189 "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
23190 "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
23191 "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
23192 "is displayed can be varied."
23198 "Pressing the ‘B<I>’ key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
23199 "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
23204 msgid "Package details view"
23210 "The package details view by default shows the extended package description "
23211 "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list. The "
23212 "type of detail can be toggled by pressing the ‘B<i>’ key. This alternates "
23219 msgid "the extended description"
23220 msgstr "B<--version>"
23224 msgid "the control information for the installed version"
23229 msgid "the control information for the available version"
23235 "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
23236 "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
23237 "causing it to be listed."
23242 msgid "Packages status list"
23248 "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the Debian "
23249 "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
23250 "and packages known from the available packages database."
23256 "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
23257 "installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the "
23258 "package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the "
23259 "‘B<A>’ key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be "
23260 "toggled between on an off. By pressing the ‘B<V>’ key, the display of the "
23261 "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
23262 "pressing the ‘B<v>’ key, the package status display is toggled between "
23263 "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
23269 "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
23270 "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
23271 "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of "
23272 "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user."
23277 msgid "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:"
23282 msgid "Error flag:"
23287 msgid "I<empty> no error"
23292 msgid "B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;"
23298 msgid "Installed state:"
23299 msgstr "B<installed>"
23304 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
23305 msgid "I<empty> not installed;"
23306 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
23310 msgid "B<*> fully installed and configured;"
23315 msgid "B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;"
23321 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
23322 msgid "B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;"
23323 msgstr "O pacote está descompactado, mas não configurado."
23327 msgid "B<C> half-configured (an error happened);"
23332 msgid "B<I> half-installed (an error happened)."
23337 msgid "Current and requested selections:"
23342 msgid "B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;"
23347 msgid "B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;"
23352 msgid "B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;"
23357 msgid "B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;"
23362 msgid "B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked."
23367 msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
23373 "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
23374 "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
23379 msgid "B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up"
23384 msgid "B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down"
23389 msgid "B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up"
23394 msgid "B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down"
23399 msgid "B<^p> scroll list 1 line up"
23404 msgid "B<^n> scroll list 1 line down"
23409 msgid "B<t, Home> jump to top of list"
23414 msgid "B<e, End> jump to end of list"
23419 msgid "B<u> scroll info 1 page up"
23424 msgid "B<d> scroll info 1 page down"
23429 msgid "B<^u> scroll info 1 line up"
23434 msgid "B<^d> scroll info 1 line down"
23439 msgid "B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left"
23444 msgid "B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right"
23449 msgid "B<^b> pan display 1 character left"
23454 msgid "B<^f> pan display 1 character right"
23459 msgid "Searching and sorting"
23465 "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
23466 "pressing ‘B</>’, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
23467 "interpreted as a L<regex(7)> regular expression. If you add ‘B</d>’ to the "
23468 "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add ‘B</"
23469 "i>’ the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes "
23470 "like this: ‘B</id>’. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly "
23471 "pressing the ‘B<n>’ or ‘B<\\>’ keys, until the wanted package is found. If "
23472 "the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues "
23473 "searching from there."
23479 "The list sort order can be varied by pressing the ‘B<o>’ and ‘B<O>’ keys "
23480 "repeatedly. The following nine sort orderings can be selected:"
23485 msgid "B<alphabet>"
23491 msgid "B<priority+section>"
23492 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
23497 msgid "B<section+priority>"
23498 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23503 #| msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
23504 msgid "B<available>"
23505 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
23509 msgid "B<available+priority>"
23515 msgid "B<available+section>"
23516 msgstr "B<--version>"
23522 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
23527 msgid "B<status+priority>"
23528 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
23533 msgid "B<status+section>"
23534 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
23539 "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
23540 "subordering sort key."
23545 msgid "Altering selections"
23551 "The requested selection state of individual packages may be altered with the "
23552 "following commands:"
23557 msgid "B<+, Insert> install or upgrade"
23562 msgid "B<=, H> hold in present state and version"
23567 msgid "B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled"
23572 msgid "B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration"
23577 msgid "B<_> remove & purge configuration"
23583 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
23584 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
23585 "This will be further explained below."
23591 "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
23592 "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
23593 "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
23599 "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
23600 "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
23601 "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
23602 "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
23603 "operations are useful when applied to groups."
23608 msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
23614 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
23615 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
23616 "First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
23622 "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
23623 "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
23624 "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose "
23625 "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show "
23626 "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be "
23633 "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
23634 "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
23635 "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency "
23636 "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
23637 "suggestions made by B<dselect>."
23643 "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
23644 "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
23645 "created, by pressing the ‘B<R>’ key. By pressing the ‘B<D>’ key, the "
23646 "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
23647 "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
23648 "‘B<U>’, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
23653 msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
23659 "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is "
23660 "accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the "
23661 "requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are "
23662 "any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a "
23663 "dependency resolution screen."
23669 "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
23670 "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the ‘B<Q>’ key. This sets the "
23671 "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
23672 "this unless you've read the fine print."
23678 "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
23679 "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the ‘B<X>’ or "
23680 "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
23681 "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
23682 "the last established settings."
23688 "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the "
23689 "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the ‘B<C>’ "
23690 "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, "
23691 "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed "
23692 "B<enter> by accident."
23698 msgid "The requested command was successfully performed."
23699 msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso."
23704 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
23705 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
23711 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> option have not been specified, it "
23712 "will be used as the B<dpkg> database directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
23718 "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
23719 "specific configuration file."
23725 "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
23726 "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
23731 msgid "The documentation is lacking."
23736 msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
23742 msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
23743 msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis."
23748 "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
23749 "standards. Use the access method provided by L<apt(8)>, it is not only not "
23750 "broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
23755 msgid "L<dpkg(1)>, L<apt(8)>, L<sources.list(5)>, L<deb(5)>."
23759 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23760 msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
23764 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23766 msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>"
23767 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
23770 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23772 "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
23773 "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-"
23774 "daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process."
23778 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23780 "B<Note>: Unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> "
23781 "behaves similar to L<killall(1)>. B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
23782 "process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent "
23783 "pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--"
23784 "start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the "
23785 "TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--"
23786 "stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need "
23787 "to live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile."
23791 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23792 msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
23796 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23798 "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
23799 "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--"
23800 "oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an "
23801 "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if "
23802 "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command "
23803 "line are passed unmodified to the program being started."
23807 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23809 msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>"
23810 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
23813 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23815 "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
23816 "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits "
23817 "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> "
23818 "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is "
23819 "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have "
23824 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23826 msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>"
23827 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
23830 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23832 "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status "
23833 "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions (since version 1.16.1)."
23837 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23839 msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>"
23843 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23845 msgid "Show usage information and exit."
23846 msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>."
23849 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23851 msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
23852 msgstr "B<--version>"
23855 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23856 msgid "Show the program version and exit."
23860 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23861 msgid "Matching options"
23865 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23867 msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>"
23868 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23871 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23873 "Check for a process with the specified I<pid> (since version 1.17.6). The "
23874 "I<pid> must be a number greater than 0."
23878 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23880 msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>"
23881 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
23884 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23886 "Check for a process with the specified parent pid I<ppid> (since version "
23887 "1.17.7). The I<ppid> must be a number greater than 0."
23891 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23893 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pidfile>"
23894 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
23897 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23898 msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pidfile>."
23902 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23904 "B<Note>: Using this matching option alone might cause unintended processes "
23905 "to be acted on, if the old process terminated without being able to remove "
23910 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23912 "B<Warning>: Using this match option with a world-writable pidfile or using "
23913 "it alone with a daemon that writes the pidfile as an unprivileged (non-"
23914 "root) user will be refused with an error (since version 1.19.3) as this is "
23915 "a security risk, because either any user can write to it, or if the daemon "
23916 "gets compromised, the contents of the pidfile cannot be trusted, and then a "
23917 "privileged runner (such as an init script executed as root) would end up "
23918 "acting on any system process. Using I</dev/null> is exempt from these "
23923 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23924 msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>"
23928 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23930 "Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The "
23931 "I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname."
23935 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23937 "B<Note>: This might not work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the "
23938 "executable will point to the interpreter. Take into account processes "
23939 "running from inside a chroot will also be matched, so other match "
23940 "restrictions might be needed."
23944 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23946 msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>"
23947 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
23950 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23952 "Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is "
23953 "usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process "
23958 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23960 "B<Note>: On most systems this information is retrieved from the process comm "
23961 "name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length limit "
23962 "(assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)."
23966 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23967 msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
23971 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23973 "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
23977 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23979 "B<Note>: Using this matching option alone will cause all processes matching "
23980 "the user to be acted on."
23984 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23986 msgid "Generic options"
23987 msgstr "B<config-files>"
23990 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23991 msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
23995 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23996 msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
24000 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24002 msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>"
24003 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
24006 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24008 "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
24013 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24014 msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
24018 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24020 "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
24021 "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
24022 "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
24023 "then take further action as determined by the schedule."
24027 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24029 "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule "
24030 "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
24031 "signal specified with B<--signal>."
24035 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24037 "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
24038 "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
24039 "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds "
24040 "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the "
24041 "schedule forever if necessary."
24045 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24047 "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
24048 "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, "
24049 "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored."
24053 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24055 msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>"
24056 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
24059 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24061 "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
24062 "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
24066 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24068 msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>"
24072 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24074 "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
24079 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24081 msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>"
24082 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24085 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24086 msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
24090 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24092 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
24093 msgstr "B<--quiet>"
24096 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24097 msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
24101 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24103 msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]"
24104 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
24107 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24109 "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
24110 "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
24111 "as you would for the L<chown(1)> command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user "
24112 "is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When "
24113 "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups "
24114 "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--"
24115 "group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of "
24116 "(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
24120 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24122 msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>"
24123 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24126 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24128 "Change directory and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please "
24129 "note that the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
24133 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24135 msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>"
24136 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
24139 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24141 "Change directory to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after "
24142 "the chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, "
24143 "B<start-stop-daemon> will change directory to the root directory before "
24144 "starting the process."
24148 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24150 msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>"
24151 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24154 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24156 "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
24157 "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
24158 "force it into the background."
24162 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24164 "B<Warning>: B<start-stop-daemon> cannot check the exit status if the process "
24165 "fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a last resort, and is only "
24166 "meant for programs that either make no sense forking on their own, or where "
24167 "it's not feasible to add the code for them to do this themselves."
24171 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24173 msgid "B<--notify-await>"
24174 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
24177 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24179 "Wait for the background process to send a readiness notification before "
24180 "considering the service started (since version 1.19.3). This implements "
24181 "parts of the systemd readiness protocol, as specified in the L<sd_notify(3)> "
24182 "manual page. The following variables are supported:"
24186 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24191 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24192 msgid "The program is ready to give service, so we can exit safely."
24196 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24197 msgid "B<EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=>I<number>"
24201 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24203 "The program requests to extend the timeout by I<number> microseconds. This "
24204 "will reset the current timeout to the specified value."
24208 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24210 msgid "B<ERRNO=>I<number>"
24211 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
24214 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24216 "The program is exiting with an error. Do the same and print the user-"
24217 "friendly string for the B<errno> value."
24221 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24222 msgid "B<--notify-timeout> I<timeout>"
24226 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24228 "Set a timeout for the B<--notify-await> option (since version 1.19.3). When "
24229 "the timeout is reached, B<start-stop-daemon> will exit with an error code, "
24230 "and no readiness notification will be awaited. The default is B<60> seconds."
24234 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24236 msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>"
24237 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
24240 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24242 "Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the background "
24243 "(since version 1.16.5). Used for debugging purposes to see the process "
24244 "output, or to redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only "
24245 "relevant when using B<--background>."
24249 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24251 msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<pathname>"
24252 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
24255 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24257 "Redirect B<stdout> and B<stderr> to I<pathname> when forcing the daemon into "
24258 "the background (since version 1.20.6). Only relevant when using B<--"
24263 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24264 msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
24268 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24269 msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
24273 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24274 msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>"
24278 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24280 "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before "
24281 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
24282 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default "
24283 "I<priority> is 0. The currently supported policy values are B<other>, "
24284 "B<fifo> and B<rr>."
24288 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24290 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where POSIX process scheduling "
24291 "is not supported."
24295 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24297 msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>"
24298 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
24301 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24303 "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before "
24304 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
24305 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default "
24306 "I<priority> is 4, unless I<class> is B<idle>, then I<priority> will always "
24307 "be 7. The currently supported values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-"
24308 "effort> and B<real-time>."
24312 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24314 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where Linux IO scheduling is "
24319 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24320 msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>"
24324 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24326 "This sets the umask of the process before starting it (since version "
24331 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24333 msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>"
24334 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
24337 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24339 "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
24340 "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
24341 "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, "
24342 "the file will only be removed when stopping the program if B<--remove-"
24343 "pidfile> is used."
24347 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24349 "B<Note>: This feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the "
24350 "program being executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is "
24351 "usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> option."
24355 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24357 msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>"
24358 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
24361 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24363 "Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file (since "
24364 "version 1.17.19). This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the "
24365 "file referenced with B<--pidfile> after terminating the process."
24369 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24370 msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
24374 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24376 "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also "
24377 "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was "
24378 "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was "
24379 "specified and there were no matching processes."
24383 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24384 msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done."
24388 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24390 "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was "
24391 "reached and the processes were still running."
24395 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24400 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24401 msgid "Any other error."
24405 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24407 "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:"
24411 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24412 msgid "Program is running."
24416 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24417 msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists."
24421 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24422 msgid "Program is not running."
24426 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24431 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24432 msgid "Unable to determine program status."
24436 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24438 "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named "
24439 "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):"
24443 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24446 " start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
24447 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\\n"
24448 " --chuid food -- --daemon\n"
24453 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24454 msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:"
24458 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24461 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
24462 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry 5\n"
24467 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24468 msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:"
24472 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24475 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
24476 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n"
24481 #: update-alternatives.pod
24483 "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
24485 "update-alternatives - mantém ligações simbólicas determinando comandos "
24489 #: update-alternatives.pod
24491 msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>"
24492 msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--all>"
24495 #: update-alternatives.pod
24498 #| "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays "
24499 #| "information about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives "
24502 "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
24503 "about the symbolic links comprising the alternatives system."
24505 "B<update-alternatives> cria, remove, mantém e exibe informação sobre sobre "
24506 "as ligações simbólicas que englobam o sistema de alternativas Debian."
24509 #: update-alternatives.pod
24512 "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
24513 "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many "
24514 "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to "
24515 "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, "
24516 "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to "
24517 "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference."
24519 "É possível para diversos programas que executam as mesmas funções ou funções "
24520 "similares serem instalados em um único sistema ao mesmo tempo. Por exemplo, "
24521 "muitos sistemas possuem diversos editores de texto instalados. Isto dá a "
24522 "possibilidade de escolha para os usuários do sistema, permitindo a cada "
24523 "usuário usar um editor diferente, caso desejado, mas faz com que seja "
24524 "difícil para um programa fazer uma boa escolha de um editor o qual invocar "
24525 "caso o usuário não tenha especificado um editor particular de sua "
24529 #: update-alternatives.pod
24532 "The alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in the "
24533 "filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable functionality. "
24534 "The alternatives system and the system administrator together determine "
24535 "which actual file is referenced by this generic name. For example, if the "
24536 "text editors L<ed(1)> and L<nvi(1)> are both installed on the system, the "
24537 "alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/bin/editor> to refer "
24538 "to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator can override this "
24539 "and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the alternatives system "
24540 "will not alter this setting until explicitly requested to do so."
24542 "O sistema de alternativas Debian pretende solucinar este problema. Um nome "
24543 "genérico no sistema de arquivos é compartilhado por todos os arquivos "
24544 "provendo funcionalidade equivalente. O sistema de alternativas e o "
24545 "administrador do sistema juntos determinam qual arquivo atual é referenciado "
24546 "por esse nome genérico. Por exemplo, caso os editores de texto B<ed>(1) e "
24547 "B<nvi>(1) estejam ambos instalados no sistema, o sistema de alternativas "
24548 "fará com que o nome genérico I</usr/bin/editor> refira-se a I</usr/bin/nvi> "
24549 "por padrão. O administrador do sistema pode sobreescrever isto e fazer com "
24550 "que refira-se a I</usr/bin/ed> e o sistema de alternativas não irá alterar "
24551 "esta configuração até que explicitamente requisitado a fazê-lo."
24554 #: update-alternatives.pod
24557 "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
24558 "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
24559 "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file "
24560 "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be "
24561 "confined within the I<%CONFDIR%> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why "
24562 "this is a Good Thing."
24564 "O nome genérico não é uma ligação simbólica direta para a alternativa "
24565 "selecionada. Ao invés disso, é uma ligação simbólica para um nome no "
24566 "I<diretório>, I<alternatives> o qual é, por sua vez, uma ligação simbólica "
24567 "para o arquivo atualmente referenciado. Isto é feito para que as mudanças do "
24568 "administrador do sistema possam ser confinadas dentro do diretório "
24569 "I<%CONFDIR%> : a FHS (q.v.) dá razões de porquê isto é um Boa Coisa."
24572 #: update-alternatives.pod
24574 "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
24575 "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
24576 "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-"
24577 "alternatives> is usually called from the following Debian package maintainer "
24578 "scripts, B<postinst> (configure) to install the alternative and from "
24579 "B<prerm> and B<postrm> (remove) to remove the alternative. B<Note>: In most "
24580 "(if not all) cases no other maintainer script actions should call B<update-"
24581 "alternatives>, in particular neither of B<upgrade> nor B<disappear>, as any "
24582 "other such action can lose the manual state of an alternative, or make the "
24583 "alternative temporarily flip-flop, or completely switch when several of them "
24584 "have the same priority."
24588 #: update-alternatives.pod
24591 "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that "
24592 "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the "
24593 "L<vi(1)> editor are installed, the manual page referenced by I</usr/share/"
24594 "man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/"
24595 "vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> "
24596 "links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A "
24597 "master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>."
24599 "Isto é geralmente útil para que diversas alternativas sejam sincronizadas, "
24600 "assim elas são modificadas como um grupo; por exemplo, quando diversas "
24601 "versões do editor B<vi>(1) estão instaladas, a página de manual "
24602 "referenciada por I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> deverá corresponder ao "
24603 "executável referenciado por I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> gerencia "
24604 "isso por meio de ligações I<master> e I<slave> (mestre e escrado); quando o "
24605 "master é modificado, quaisquer slaves associados são também modificados. "
24606 "Uma ligação master e seus slaves associados constituem uma A master link and "
24607 "its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>. (ou ligação em grupo)."
24610 #: update-alternatives.pod
24613 "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
24614 "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
24615 "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how "
24616 "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain "
24617 "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when "
24618 "something is broken)."
24620 "Cada ligação em grupo está, em um dado momento, em um de dois modos: "
24621 "automático ou manual. Quando um grupo está em modo automático, o sistema de "
24622 "alternativas irá automaticamente decidir, a medida em que os pacotes são "
24623 "instalados e removidos, se irá atualizar e como atualizar as ligações. No "
24624 "modo manual, o sistema de alternativas não irá modificar as ligações; ele "
24625 "deixará todas as decisões para o administrador do sistema."
24628 #: update-alternatives.pod
24631 "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
24632 "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
24633 "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run "
24634 "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to "
24637 "Ligações em grupo estão em modo automático quando as mesmas são introduzidas "
24638 "no sistema pela primeira vez. Caso o administrador do sistema faça mudanças "
24639 "configurações automáticas do sistema, isso será válido na próxima vez que o "
24640 "B<update-alternatives> for executado nas ligações em grupo modificadas, e o "
24641 "grupo irá automaticamente ser modificado para o modo manual."
24644 #: update-alternatives.pod
24647 "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
24648 "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
24649 "be those which have the highest priority."
24651 "Cada alternativa possui uma I<priority> (prioridade) associada a ela. "
24652 "Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo automático, as alternativas "
24653 "apontadas por membros do grupo serão aquelas que possuem a maior prioridade."
24656 #: update-alternatives.pod
24659 "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
24660 "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master "
24661 "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a ‘*’. You will then "
24662 "be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the "
24663 "choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will "
24664 "need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode "
24665 "(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)."
24667 "Quando usando a opção I<--config> , o B<update-alternatives> listará todas "
24668 "as opções para a ligação em grupo da qual um dado I<name> (nome) é a ligação "
24669 "master. Lhe será então questionado por cada uma das opções a usar para a "
24670 "ligação em grupo. Uma vez que você faça uma mudança, a ligação em grupo não "
24671 "estará mais no modo I<auto> Você precisará usar a opção I<--auto> para poder "
24672 "retornar ao estado automático."
24675 #: update-alternatives.pod
24678 "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option "
24679 "instead (see below)."
24681 "If you want to configure non-interactivily you can use the I<--set> option "
24682 "instead (see below)."
24685 #: update-alternatives.pod
24687 "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. "
24688 "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all "
24689 "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in "
24690 "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism."
24694 #: update-alternatives.pod
24695 msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
24696 msgstr "TERMINOLOGIA"
24699 #: update-alternatives.pod
24701 "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
24702 "specific terms will help to explain its operation."
24704 "Uma vez que as atividades de B<update-alternatives> são bem envolvidas, "
24705 "alguns termos específicos ajudarão a explicar sua operação."
24708 #: update-alternatives.pod
24709 msgid "generic name (or alternative link)"
24713 #: update-alternatives.pod
24716 "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
24717 "to one of a number of files of similar function."
24719 "Um nome, como A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, o qual refere-se, através do "
24720 "sistema de alternativas, a um ou a diversos arquivos de função similar."
24723 #: update-alternatives.pod
24725 msgid "alternative name"
24726 msgstr "alternativa"
24729 #: update-alternatives.pod
24730 msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory."
24734 #: update-alternatives.pod
24735 msgid "alternative (or alternative path)"
24739 #: update-alternatives.pod
24742 "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
24743 "via a generic name using the alternatives system."
24745 "O nome de um arquivo específico no sitema de arquivos, o qual pode ser "
24746 "acessado através de um nome genérico usando o sistema de alternativas."
24749 #: update-alternatives.pod
24750 msgid "alternatives directory"
24751 msgstr "diretório de alternativas"
24754 #: update-alternatives.pod
24757 "A directory, by default I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
24759 "Um diretório, por padrão I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, contendo as ligações "
24763 #: update-alternatives.pod
24764 msgid "administrative directory"
24765 msgstr "diretório administrativo"
24768 #: update-alternatives.pod
24771 "A directory, by default I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
24772 "alternatives>' state information."
24774 "Um diretório, por padrão I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, contendo informação de "
24775 "estado de B<update-alternatives>."
24778 #: update-alternatives.pod
24780 msgstr "ligação em grupo"
24783 #: update-alternatives.pod
24785 msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
24787 "Um conjunto de ligações simbólicas relacionadas, com o intuito de serem "
24788 "atualizadas em grupos."
24791 #: update-alternatives.pod
24792 msgid "master link"
24793 msgstr "ligação mestre (master link)"
24796 #: update-alternatives.pod
24799 "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in "
24800 "the group are configured."
24802 "A ligação em uma ligação em grupo que determina como as outras ligações no "
24803 "grupo são configuradas."
24806 #: update-alternatives.pod
24808 msgstr "ligação escravo (slave link)"
24811 #: update-alternatives.pod
24814 "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of "
24817 "Uma ligação em uma ligação em grupo que é controlada pela configuração de "
24818 "uma ligação mestre."
24821 #: update-alternatives.pod
24822 msgid "automatic mode"
24823 msgstr "modo automático"
24826 #: update-alternatives.pod
24829 "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
24830 "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate "
24833 "Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo automático, o sistema de "
24834 "alternativas certifica-se ed que as ligações no grupo apontam para as "
24835 "alternativas de mais alta prioridade apropriadas para o grupo."
24838 #: update-alternatives.pod
24839 msgid "manual mode"
24840 msgstr "modo manual"
24843 #: update-alternatives.pod
24846 "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
24847 "any changes to the system administrator's settings."
24849 "Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo manual, o sistema de alternativas "
24850 "não fará qualquer modificação nas configurações do administrador do sistema."
24853 #: update-alternatives.pod
24856 "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..."
24858 "B<--install> I<ligação genérico caminho pri> [B<--slave> I<sligação "
24859 "sgenérico scaminho>] ..."
24862 #: update-alternatives.pod
24865 "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for "
24866 "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives "
24867 "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master "
24868 "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in "
24869 "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero "
24870 "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be "
24871 "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will "
24872 "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave "
24873 "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be "
24874 "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to "
24875 "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used."
24877 "Adiciona um grupo de alternativas para o sistema. I<genérico> é o nome "
24878 "genérico para a ligação master, I<ligação> é o nome de sua ligação "
24879 "simbólica, e I<caminho> é a alternativa sendo intruzida para a ligação "
24880 "mestre. I<sgenérico>, I<sligação> e I<scaminho> são o nome genérco, ligação "
24881 "simbólica e alternativa para uma ligação slave. Zero ou mais opções B<--"
24882 "slave> , cada uma seguda por três argumentos, podem ser especificadas."
24885 #: update-alternatives.pod
24888 "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives "
24889 "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of "
24890 "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, "
24891 "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and "
24892 "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed "
24893 "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the "
24894 "newly added alternatives."
24896 "Caso a ligação master especificada já exista nos registros do sistema de "
24897 "alternativas, a informação fornecida será adicionada como um novo conjunto "
24898 "de alternativas para o grupo. De outra forma, um novo grupo, definido para o "
24899 "modo automático, será adicionado com esta informação. Se o grupo está no "
24900 "modo automático e a prioridade das novas alternativas adicionadas é maior do "
24901 "que qualquer outra alternativa instalada para este grupo, as ligações "
24902 "simbólicas serão atualizadas para apontar para as alternativas novas "
24906 #: update-alternatives.pod
24908 msgid "B<--set> I<name> I<path>"
24909 msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
24912 #: update-alternatives.pod
24914 "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name>. This is equivalent to "
24915 "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
24919 #: update-alternatives.pod
24921 msgid "B<--remove> I<name> I<path>"
24922 msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
24925 #: update-alternatives.pod
24928 "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
24929 "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
24930 "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
24931 "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the "
24932 "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such "
24933 "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, "
24934 "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links "
24935 "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed."
24937 "Remove uma alternativa e todas as suas ligações slaves associadas. I<nome> "
24938 "é o nome do diretório de alternativas, e I<caminho> é o nome de arquivo "
24939 "absoluto ao qual I<nome> poderá ser ligado. Caso I<nome> esteja ligado com "
24940 "I<caminho>, I<nome> será atualizado para apontar para outra alternativa "
24941 "apropriada, ou removido caso não exista essa alternativa separada. Ligações "
24942 "slave associadas serão atualizadas ou removidas de acordo. Caso a ligação "
24943 "não esteja atualmente apontando para I<caminho>, nenhuma ligação é "
24944 "modificada; somente a informação sobre a alternativa é removida."
24947 #: update-alternatives.pod
24948 msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
24952 #: update-alternatives.pod
24954 "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
24955 "a name in the alternatives directory."
24959 #: update-alternatives.pod
24961 "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--"
24962 "skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured "
24963 "in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus a simple "
24964 "way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes '' | update-alternatives "
24969 #: update-alternatives.pod
24971 msgid "B<--auto> I<name>"
24972 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
24975 #: update-alternatives.pod
24978 "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. "
24979 "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to "
24980 "the highest priority installed alternatives."
24982 "Muda a ligação simbólica master I<ligação> para o modo automático. No "
24983 "processo a ligação simbólica e seus slaves são atualizados para apontar para "
24984 "as alternativas instaladas de maior prioridade."
24987 #: update-alternatives.pod
24989 msgid "B<--display> I<name>"
24990 msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>"
24993 #: update-alternatives.pod
24996 "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes "
24997 "the group's mode (auto or manual), the master and slave links, which "
24998 "alternative the master link currently points to, what other alternatives are "
24999 "available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest "
25000 "priority alternative currently installed."
25002 "Mostra informação sobre a ligação em grupo para qual cada I<ligação> é a "
25003 "ligação master. A informação exibida inclui o modo do grupo (auto ou "
25004 "manual), para quais alternativas a ligação simbólica aponta atualmente, "
25005 "quais outras alternativas estão disponíveis (e suas alternativas slave "
25006 "correspondentes) e a alternativa de maior prioridade instalada atualmente."
25009 #: update-alternatives.pod
25011 msgid "B<--get-selections>"
25012 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
25015 #: update-alternatives.pod
25017 "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and "
25018 "their status (since version 1.15.0). Each line contains up to 3 fields "
25019 "(separated by one or more spaces). The first field is the alternative name, "
25020 "the second one is the status (either B<auto> or B<manual>), and the last one "
25021 "contains the current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and "
25022 "thus might contain spaces)."
25026 #: update-alternatives.pod
25028 "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated "
25029 "by B<--get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly (since version "
25034 #: update-alternatives.pod
25036 msgid "B<--query> I<name>"
25037 msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>"
25040 #: update-alternatives.pod
25042 "Display information about the link group like B<--display> does, but in a "
25043 "machine parseable way (since version 1.15.0, see section L</QUERY FORMAT> "
25048 #: update-alternatives.pod
25050 msgid "B<--list> I<name>"
25051 msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>"
25054 #: update-alternatives.pod
25056 msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
25057 msgstr "Exibe todos os alvos de uma ligação em grupo."
25060 #: update-alternatives.pod
25062 msgid "B<--config> I<name>"
25063 msgstr "B<--config> I<link>"
25066 #: update-alternatives.pod
25068 "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
25069 "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated."
25073 #: update-alternatives.pod
25075 msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
25076 msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>"
25079 #: update-alternatives.pod
25082 "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
25083 "default. Defaults to «I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>»."
25085 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
25086 "algo diferente do padrão."
25089 #: update-alternatives.pod
25092 "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
25093 "the default. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>» if "
25094 "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
25096 "Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo "
25097 "diferente do padrão."
25100 #: update-alternatives.pod
25103 "Specifies the installation directory where alternatives links will be "
25104 "created (since version 1.20.1). Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> "
25105 "has not been set."
25107 "Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo "
25108 "diferente do padrão."
25111 #: update-alternatives.pod
25113 "Specifies the root directory (since version 1.20.1). This also sets the "
25114 "alternatives, installation and administrative directories to match. "
25115 "Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
25119 #: update-alternatives.pod
25121 msgid "B<--log> I<file>"
25122 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25125 #: update-alternatives.pod
25128 "Specifies the log file (since version 1.15.0), when this is to be different "
25129 "from the default (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)."
25131 "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para "
25132 "algo diferente do padrão."
25135 #: update-alternatives.pod
25137 "Allow replacing or dropping any real file that is installed where an "
25138 "alternative link has to be installed or removed."
25142 #: update-alternatives.pod
25144 msgid "B<--skip-auto>"
25148 #: update-alternatives.pod
25150 "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in "
25151 "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>."
25155 #: update-alternatives.pod
25157 msgid "Do not generate any comments unless errors occur."
25159 "Não gera comentário algum a menos que ocorram erros. Esta opção ainda não "
25160 "está implementada."
25163 #: update-alternatives.pod
25165 msgid "B<--verbose>"
25166 msgstr "B<--verbose>"
25169 #: update-alternatives.pod
25171 msgid "Generate more comments about what is being done."
25172 msgstr "Gera mais comentários sobre o que B<update-alternatives> está fazendo."
25175 #: update-alternatives.pod
25178 "Generate even more comments, helpful for debugging, about what is being done "
25179 "(since version 1.19.3)."
25180 msgstr "Gera mais comentários sobre o que B<update-alternatives> está fazendo."
25183 #: update-alternatives.pod
25186 "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
25189 "Foram encontrados problemas quando analisando a linha de comando ou "
25190 "executando a ação."
25193 #: update-alternatives.pod
25194 msgid "B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%>"
25198 #: update-alternatives.pod
25200 msgid "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%>"
25201 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
25204 #: update-alternatives.pod
25206 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
25207 "as the base administrative directory."
25211 #: update-alternatives.pod
25213 msgid "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>"
25214 msgstr "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>"
25217 #: update-alternatives.pod
25220 "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
25223 "O diretório de alternativas padrão. Pode ser sobreescrito pela opção B<--"
25227 #: update-alternatives.pod
25229 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>"
25230 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>"
25233 #: update-alternatives.pod
25236 "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
25237 "admindir> option."
25239 "O diretório de administração padrão. Pode ser sobreescrito pela opção B<--"
25243 #: update-alternatives.pod
25244 msgid "QUERY FORMAT"
25248 #: update-alternatives.pod
25250 "The B<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat format. It's made of "
25251 "I<n> + 1 stanzas where I<n> is the number of alternatives available in the "
25252 "queried link group. The first stanza contains the following fields:"
25256 #: update-alternatives.pod
25258 msgid "B<Name:> I<name>"
25259 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25262 #: update-alternatives.pod
25263 msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory."
25267 #: update-alternatives.pod
25269 msgid "B<Link:> I<link>"
25270 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25273 #: update-alternatives.pod
25274 msgid "The generic name of the alternative."
25278 #: update-alternatives.pod
25280 msgid "B<Slaves:> I<list-of-slaves>"
25281 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25284 #: update-alternatives.pod
25286 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links "
25287 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
25288 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
25289 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link."
25293 #: update-alternatives.pod
25295 msgid "B<Status:> I<status>"
25296 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25299 #: update-alternatives.pod
25300 msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)."
25304 #: update-alternatives.pod
25306 msgid "B<Best:> I<best-choice>"
25307 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25310 #: update-alternatives.pod
25312 "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there "
25313 "is no alternatives available."
25317 #: update-alternatives.pod
25318 msgid "B<Value:> I<currently-selected-alternative>"
25322 #: update-alternatives.pod
25324 "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic "
25325 "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist."
25329 #: update-alternatives.pod
25331 "The other stanzas describe the available alternatives in the queried link "
25336 #: update-alternatives.pod
25337 msgid "B<Alternative:> I<path-of-this-alternative>"
25341 #: update-alternatives.pod
25342 msgid "Path to this stanza's alternative."
25346 #: update-alternatives.pod
25348 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority-value>"
25349 msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25352 #: update-alternatives.pod
25353 msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative."
25357 #: update-alternatives.pod
25359 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives "
25360 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
25361 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
25362 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative."
25366 #: update-alternatives.pod
25371 #: update-alternatives.pod
25374 #| "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25375 #| "Name: editor\n"
25376 #| "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25378 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25379 #| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25380 #| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25381 #| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25382 #| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25383 #| "Status: auto\n"
25384 #| "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25385 #| "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25387 " $ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25389 " Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25391 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25392 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25393 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25394 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25395 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25397 " Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25398 " Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25401 "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25403 "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25405 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25406 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25407 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25408 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25409 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25411 "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25412 "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25415 #: update-alternatives.pod
25418 #| "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25419 #| "Priority: -100\n"
25421 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25423 " Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25424 " Priority: -100\n"
25426 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25429 "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25432 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25435 #: update-alternatives.pod
25438 #| "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25439 #| "Priority: 50\n"
25441 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25442 #| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25443 #| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25444 #| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25445 #| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25447 " Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25450 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25451 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25452 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25453 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25454 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25457 "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25460 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25461 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25462 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25463 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25464 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25467 #: update-alternatives.pod
25470 "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its "
25471 "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-"
25472 "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and "
25473 "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; "
25474 "if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug."
25476 "B<update-alternatives> fala sem parar sobre suas atividades em seu canal de "
25477 "saída padrão. Caso um problema ocorra, B<update-alternatives> exibe "
25478 "mensagens de erro em seu canal de erros padrão e retorna um estado de saída "
25479 "de 2. Estes diagnósticos devem ser auto-explicativos; caso você não pense "
25480 "assim, por favor reporte isso com um bug."
25483 #: update-alternatives.pod
25485 "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
25486 "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by "
25487 "the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the "
25488 "associated manual page."
25492 #: update-alternatives.pod
25494 "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
25495 "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:"
25499 #: update-alternatives.pod
25502 " update-alternatives --display vi\n"
25504 msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi"
25507 #: update-alternatives.pod
25509 "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
25510 "then select a number from the list:"
25514 #: update-alternatives.pod
25517 " update-alternatives --config vi\n"
25519 msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi"
25522 #: update-alternatives.pod
25524 "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
25529 #: update-alternatives.pod
25532 " update-alternatives --auto vi\n"
25534 msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
25537 #: update-alternatives.pod
25539 msgid "L<ln(1)>, FHS (the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard)."
25540 msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, o Padrão da Hierarquia do Sistema de Arquivos."
25543 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]"
25544 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
25548 #~ "B<Warning>: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
25549 #~ "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
25552 #~ "I<Atenção: A maior parte dessas opções devem ser usadas apenas por "
25553 #~ "experts. Usá-las sem o completo conhecimento de seus efeitos pode quebrar "
25554 #~ "todo seu sistema.>"
25558 #~ "B<deb822>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<deb-changes>(5), B<dpkg-"
25559 #~ "parsechangelog>(1)."
25561 #~ "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
25562 #~ "reconfigure>(8)"
25565 #~ msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)."
25566 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
25569 #~ msgid "B<GCJFLAGS>"
25570 #~ msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
25574 #~ " less %ADMINDIR%/available\n"
25576 #~ msgstr " B<less %ADMINDIR%/available>"
25578 #~ msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
25579 #~ msgstr "B<3.> O script I<postrm> é executado."
25582 #~ msgid "B<Protected:> B<Byes>|B<no>"
25583 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25587 #~ "B<auto> is the default behavior (since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting the number "
25588 #~ "of jobs to 1 will restore a serial behavior."
25589 #~ msgstr "Projeto Debian"
25592 #~ msgid "B<--list> I<glob-pattern>"
25593 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25596 #~ msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (recommended)"
25597 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25600 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
25601 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
25605 #~ "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
25606 #~ "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
25607 #~ "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-"
25608 #~ "alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> (configure) or "
25609 #~ "B<prerm> (remove and deconfigure) scripts in Debian packages."
25611 #~ "Quando cada pacote provendo um arquivo com uma funcionalidade particular "
25612 #~ "é instalado, modificdo ou removido o, B<update-alternatives> é chamado "
25613 #~ "para atualizar a informação sobre este arqivo no sistema de "
25614 #~ "alternativas. B<update-alternatives> é geralmente chamado a partir de um "
25615 #~ "script B<postinst> ou B<prerm> em pacotes Debian."
25617 #~ msgid "dpkg suite"
25618 #~ msgstr "dpkg suite"
25621 #~ msgid "deb-buildinfo"
25622 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
25625 #~ msgid "deb-changelog"
25626 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
25629 #~ msgid "changelog"
25630 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
25633 #~ msgid "deb-control"
25634 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
25638 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
25641 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25642 #~ msgid "deb-conffiles"
25643 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25646 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25647 #~ msgid "conffiles"
25648 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25651 #~ msgid "debian/control"
25652 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
25655 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25656 #~ msgid "deb-src-files"
25657 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25660 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25661 #~ msgid "deb-src-rules"
25662 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25664 #~ msgid "Debian Project"
25665 #~ msgstr "Projeto Debian"
25667 #~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
25668 #~ msgstr "utilitários dpkg"
25671 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25672 #~ msgid "deb-src-symbols"
25673 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25676 #~ msgid "deb-split"
25677 #~ msgstr "dpkg suite"
25680 #~ msgid "deb-version"
25681 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
25684 #~ msgid "deb-substvars"
25685 #~ msgstr "B<deinstall>"
25688 #~ msgid "substvars"
25689 #~ msgstr "B<deinstall>"
25692 #~ msgid "[* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]"
25693 #~ msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
25696 #~| msgid "I<postinst>"
25697 #~ msgid "deb-postinst"
25698 #~ msgstr "I<postinst>"
25701 #~ msgid "deb-postrm"
25702 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
25705 #~| msgid "I<postrm>"
25707 #~ msgstr "I<postrm>"
25710 #~ msgid "deb-preinst"
25711 #~ msgstr "dpkg suite"
25714 #~| msgid "I<preinst>"
25716 #~ msgstr "I<preinst>"
25719 #~ msgid "deb-prerm"
25720 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
25723 #~| msgid "I<prerm>"
25725 #~ msgstr "I<prerm>"
25728 #~ msgid "deb-triggers"
25729 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
25736 #~ "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
25737 #~ " Build a deb package.\n"
25738 #~ "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
25739 #~ " List contents of a deb package.\n"
25740 #~ "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]\n"
25741 #~ " Extract control-information from a package.\n"
25742 #~ "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
25743 #~ " Extract the files contained by package.\n"
25744 #~ "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
25745 #~ " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n"
25747 #~ "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
25748 #~ " Display control field(s) of a package.\n"
25749 #~ "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
25750 #~ " Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package.\n"
25751 #~ "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
25752 #~ " Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package.\n"
25753 #~ "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
25754 #~ " Show information about a package.\n"
25756 #~ "B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<diretório> [I<nome_de_arquivo>]\n"
25757 #~ " Cria um pacote deb.\n"
25758 #~ "B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<nome_de_arquivo>\n"
25759 #~ " Lista o conteúdo de um pacote deb.\n"
25760 #~ "B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<diretório>]\n"
25761 #~ " Extrai informação de controle de um pacote.\n"
25762 #~ "B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<nome_de_arquivo diretório>\n"
25763 #~ " Extrai os arquivos contidos pelo pacote.\n"
25764 #~ "B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<campo-de-controle>] ...\n"
25765 #~ " Exibe o(s) campo(s) de controle do pacote.\n"
25766 #~ "B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<nome_de_arquivo>\n"
25767 #~ " Exibe o sistema de arquivo do arquivo tar contido no pacote Debian. \n"
25768 #~ "B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<arquivo-de-controle>]\n"
25769 #~ " Mostra informação sobre um pacote.\n"
25770 #~ "B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<nome_de_arquivo> I<diretório>\n"
25771 #~ " Extrai e exibe os nomes de arquivos contidos em um pacote.\n"
25775 #~ "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
25776 #~ " List packages matching given pattern.\n"
25777 #~ "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
25778 #~ " Report status of specified package.\n"
25779 #~ "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
25780 #~ " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n"
25781 #~ "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
25782 #~ " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n"
25783 #~ "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
25784 #~ " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n"
25785 #~ " I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n"
25786 #~ " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n"
25788 #~ "B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<padrão-do-nome-do-pacote> ... Lista os "
25789 #~ "pacotes que combinam com o padrão dado.\n"
25790 #~ "B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<nome-do-pacote> ...\n"
25791 #~ " Exibe o estado do pacote especificado. Isso apenas mostra a entrada "
25792 #~ "na base de dados dos pacotes instalados.\n"
25793 #~ "B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<pacote> ...\n"
25794 #~ " Lista os arquivos instalados em seu sistema a partir do B<pacote>.\n"
25795 #~ "B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<padrão-de-procura> ...\n"
25796 #~ " Procura por um nome de arquivo a partir dos pacotes instalados. Todos "
25797 #~ "os caracteres curinga padrões de shell podem ser usados no padrão.\n"
25798 #~ "B<dpkg -p|--print-avail> I<pacote>\n"
25799 #~ " Exibe detalhes sobre o I<pacote>, como encontrados em I<%ADMINDIR%/"
25803 #~ msgid "dpkg.cfg"
25807 #~ msgid "dpkg-buildflags"
25808 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
25811 #~ msgid "dpkg-buildpackage"
25812 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
25815 #~ msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo"
25816 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
25819 #~ msgid "dpkg-deb"
25823 #~ msgid "dpkg-genchanges"
25827 #~ msgid "dpkg-gencontrol"
25828 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
25831 #~ msgid "dpkg-gensymbols"
25832 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
25835 #~ msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs"
25836 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
25839 #~ msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog"
25840 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>"
25843 #~ msgid "dpkg-query"
25844 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
25847 #~ msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps"
25848 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
25851 #~ msgid "dpkg-source"
25852 #~ msgstr "dpkg suite"
25855 #~ msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header R<and> debian/source/patch-header"
25856 #~ msgstr "B<config-files>"
25859 #~ msgid "dpkg-split"
25860 #~ msgstr "dpkg suite"
25863 #~ msgid "dpkg-trigger"
25864 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
25867 #~ msgid "dpkg-vendor"
25868 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
25871 #~ msgid "update-alternatives"
25872 #~ msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi"
25875 #~ msgid "After the package was triggered."
25876 #~ msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado."
25879 #~ msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required)"
25880 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25883 #~ "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless "
25884 #~ "forced to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
25886 #~ "Um pacote marcado como B<hold> não é manipulado pelo B<dpkg>, a menos que "
25887 #~ "ele seja forçado a isso com a opção B<--force-hold>."
25890 #~| msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
25891 #~ msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked “hold”."
25892 #~ msgstr "B<hold>: Processa pacotes mesmo quando marcados com \"hold\"."
25895 #~ msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)."
25897 #~ "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-"
25898 #~ "reconfigure>(8)"
25901 #~ msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles."
25903 #~ "O programa que o B<dpkg> executará quando estiver iniciando um novo shell."
25905 #~ msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
25906 #~ msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
25910 #~ "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
25911 #~ "text. Currently only used by B<--list>."
25913 #~ "Ajusta o número de colunas que o B<dpkg> deve usar quando estiver "
25914 #~ "exibindo texto formatado. Atualmente só usado por -l."
25917 #~ msgid "B<Testsuite-Restrictions:> I<name-list>"
25918 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25922 #~ "The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) "
25923 #~ "for more information about them:"
25925 #~ "Os seguintes arquivos são componentes de um pacote binário. Veja "
25926 #~ "B<deb>(5) para mais informações sobre eles:"
25929 #~ msgid "B<--file> I<file>"
25930 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
25933 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--label> I<file>"
25934 #~ msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
25938 #~ msgstr "Projeto Debian"
25941 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1)."
25942 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
25945 #~ msgid "Debian project"
25946 #~ msgstr "Projeto Debian"
25949 #~ msgid "B<--new>"
25950 #~ msgstr "B<--test>"
25953 #~ msgid "B<--old>"
25954 #~ msgstr "B<hold>"
25961 #~ msgid "B<-T>I<target>"
25962 #~ msgstr "B<unpacked>"
25977 #~ msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>"
25978 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
25989 #~| msgid "B<purge>"
25990 #~ msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>]"
25991 #~ msgstr "B<purge>"
25994 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<pattern>]"
25995 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25998 #~ msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>"
25999 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26002 #~ msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture"
26003 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26007 #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
26010 #~ "Veja B<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n"
26011 #~ "contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n"
26014 #~ msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name>"
26015 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
26018 #~ msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>"
26019 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26023 #~ "Problems were encountered while parsing the command line or performing "
26024 #~ "the query, including no file or package being found (except for B<--"
26025 #~ "control-path>)."
26027 #~ "Foram encontrados problemas quando analisando a linha de comando ou "
26028 #~ "executando a ação."
26031 #~ msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
26032 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
26035 #~ msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
26039 #~ msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>, B<-v>I<version>"
26040 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
26043 #~ msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>"
26044 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
26047 #~ msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>"
26048 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
26051 #~ msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>"
26052 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
26055 #~ msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>"
26056 #~ msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>"
26059 #~ msgid "B<--debug> I<file> |I<> B<-D>I<file>"
26060 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26067 #~ msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>"
26068 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26079 #~ msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>"
26080 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26083 #~ msgid "B<-A>I<debian-architecture>"
26084 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26087 #~ msgid " B<-C>, B<--audit>"
26088 #~ msgstr "B<--quiet>"
26092 #~ "Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
26093 #~ "system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
26095 #~ "Procura por pacotes que foram apenas parcialmente instalados em seu "
26096 #~ "sistema. O B<dpkg> sugerirá o que fazer com eles para que funcionem."
26103 #~ "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there "
26106 #~ "Você pode transferir esse arquivo para outro computador e instalá-lo com:"
26108 #~ msgid "PACKAGE STATES"
26109 #~ msgstr "ESTADOS DOS PACOTES"
26111 #~ msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS"
26112 #~ msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES"
26115 #~| msgid "WARNING"
26116 #~ msgid "HARDENING"
26117 #~ msgstr "ATENÇÃO"
26120 #~ msgid "WARNINGS"
26121 #~ msgstr "ATENÇÃO"
26124 #~ msgid "MATCHING OPTIONS"
26125 #~ msgstr "OPÇÕES COMUNS"
26129 #~ "If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system."
26131 #~ "Caso você encontre um bug, por favor reporte-o usando o sistema de "
26132 #~ "gerenciamento de bugs Debian, ou, caso isso não seja possível, envie um "
26133 #~ "mensagem diretamente para o autor."
26137 #~ "If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-"
26138 #~ "alternatives> and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the "
26139 #~ "implementation or the documentation; please report it."
26141 #~ "Caso você encontre qualquer discrepância entre a operação de B<update-"
26142 #~ "alternatives> e esta página de manual, isso é um bug, ou na implementação "
26143 #~ "ou na documentação; por favor reporte isso."
26146 #~ msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):"
26147 #~ msgstr "Para listar os pacotes relacionados com o editor vi:"
26150 #~ msgid "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>"
26151 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
26155 #~ "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following "
26156 #~ "are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs "
26157 #~ "B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:"
26159 #~ "O B<dpkg> pode também ser usado como front-end para o B<dpkg-deb>. A "
26160 #~ "seguir estão as ações do B<dpkg-deb>, e se forem encontradas, o B<dpkg> "
26161 #~ "apenas executa o B<dpkg-deb> com os parâmetros dados a ele:"
26164 #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
26165 #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
26166 #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
26167 #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
26168 #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
26169 #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
26170 #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n"
26171 #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
26173 #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
26174 #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
26175 #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
26176 #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
26177 #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
26178 #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
26179 #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, e\n"
26180 #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
26182 #~ msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions."
26184 #~ "Por favor, refira-se a B<dpkg-deb>(1) para informações sobre essas ações."
26187 #~ msgid "B<--new>, B<--old>"
26188 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26192 #~ "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
26194 #~ "Seleciona o formato binário novo ou antigo de pacote. Isto é uma opção do "
26195 #~ "B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26199 #~ "Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. "
26200 #~ "This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
26202 #~ "Não lê ou verifica o conteúdo do arquivo de controle enquanto cria um "
26203 #~ "pacote. Isto é uma opção do B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26206 #~ msgid "B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
26207 #~ msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
26210 #~ msgid "B<--licence>, B<--license>"
26211 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26213 #~ msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence."
26214 #~ msgstr "Exibe a licença do B<dpkg>."
26216 #~ msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
26217 #~ msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE"
26221 #~ "Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell "
26222 #~ "rather than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape."
26224 #~ "Defina isso para alguma coisa se você preferir que o B<dpkg> inicie um "
26225 #~ "novo shell ao invés de suspender a si próprio, quando fazendo um escape "
26229 #~ msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>"
26230 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26233 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--license>"
26234 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26237 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>]"
26238 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
26241 #~ msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
26242 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26249 #~ msgid "B<--without-quilt>"
26250 #~ msgstr "B<--quiet>"
26253 #~ msgid "install-info"
26254 #~ msgstr "B<install>"
26257 #~ msgid "B<[--]> I<filename>"
26258 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
26261 #~ msgid "B<--keep-old>"
26262 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
26264 #~ msgid "generic name"
26265 #~ msgstr "nome genérico"
26268 #~ msgstr "ligação simbólica (symlink)"
26272 #~ "Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the "
26273 #~ "alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to "
26276 #~ "Sem nenhuma qualificação futura, esta significa uma ligação simbólica no "
26277 #~ "diretório de alternativas: o qual espera-se que o administrador do "
26278 #~ "sistema ajuste."
26281 #~ msgid "B<Error:> E<lt>error detailsE<gt>"
26282 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>"
26294 #~ "Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
26295 #~ "given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
26296 #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
26297 #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file "
26298 #~ "conflicts are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-"
26299 #~ "conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'."
26301 #~ "Envia a informação do estado do pacote para o descritor de arquivo "
26302 #~ "I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Isso pode ser dado múltiplas vezes. As atualizações de "
26303 #~ "estado são da forma `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'."
26307 #~ "Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is "
26308 #~ "not yet implemented."
26310 #~ "Não faz nada, soment diz o que seria feito. Esta opção ainda não está "
26314 #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n"
26315 #~ "contributed to B<dpkg>.\n"
26317 #~ "Veja B<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n"
26318 #~ "contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n"
26320 #~ msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26321 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26323 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --help>"
26324 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
26326 #~ msgid "B<dpkg -Dh> | B<--debug=help>"
26327 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh> | B<--debug=help>"
26329 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26330 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26332 #~ msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
26333 #~ msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
26336 #~ msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>"
26337 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26340 #~ msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>"
26341 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26344 #~ msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>"
26345 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
26348 #~ msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
26349 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
26352 #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number."
26353 #~ msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>."
26356 #~ msgid "B<--licence>"
26357 #~ msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
26360 #~ msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
26364 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
26365 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
26368 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>"
26369 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>"
26372 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
26373 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
26376 #~ msgid "B<-h, --help>"
26377 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
26380 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
26381 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
26384 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
26385 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]"
26388 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..."
26389 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
26392 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."
26393 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..."
26396 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..."
26397 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..."
26400 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
26401 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26404 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"
26405 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26408 #~ msgid "Display licence and copyright information."
26409 #~ msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>."
26412 #~ msgid "Display version information."
26413 #~ msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>."
26421 #~ "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or "
26422 #~ "later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/"
26423 #~ "dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details."
26425 #~ "Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software "
26426 #~ "livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as "
26427 #~ "condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia."
26430 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>"
26431 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26434 #~ msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>"
26435 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26438 #~ msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>"
26439 #~ msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>"
26442 #~ msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>"
26443 #~ msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>"
26446 #~ msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
26447 #~ msgstr "B<--quiet>"
26450 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>"
26451 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
26455 #~ "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]"
26456 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>"
26459 #~ msgid "B<--admindir>"
26460 #~ msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
26463 #~ msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
26464 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
26467 #~ "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern "
26468 #~ "priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..."
26470 #~ "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--install> I<ligação nome caminho "
26471 #~ "prioridade> [B<--slave> I<ligação nome> I<caminho>]..."
26473 #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>"
26474 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>"
26476 #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>"
26477 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<nome>"
26479 #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>"
26480 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--display> I<nome>"
26482 #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>"
26483 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>"
26485 #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>"
26486 #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--config> I<nome>"
26490 #~ "Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to "
26491 #~ "perform any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be "
26492 #~ "specified together with any action."
26494 #~ "Exatamente uma ação deve ser especificada se B<update-alternatives> está "
26495 #~ "prester a executar qualquer tarefa significante. Qualquer número de "
26496 #~ "opções comuns podem ser especificadas juntas com qualquer ação."
26499 #~ msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is."
26501 #~ "Diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é essa (e dá alguma informação "
26506 #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you "
26507 #~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
26509 #~ "Ajustado pelo B<dpkg> para o nome do arquivo de configuração antigo "
26510 #~ "quando você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de configuração "
26515 #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
26516 #~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
26518 #~ "Ajustado pelo B<dpkg> para o nome do arquivo de configuração da nova "
26519 #~ "versão quando você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de "
26520 #~ "configuração modificado."
26524 #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages "
26525 #~ "to remove them."
26527 #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Seleciona pacotes para serem instalados e tira a "
26528 #~ "seleção de pacotes a serem removidos."
26535 #~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-"
26536 #~ "alternatives> this is)."
26538 #~ "Exibe informação de uso (e diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é "
26541 #~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"
26542 #~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES"